Canon DM XM2E Pal Service

DM-XM2 ESERVICE MANUAL

DM-XM2 E

Video Product

No. D17-6813 Digital Video Camera PAL

CANON INC. 2002

Canon Inc.Digital Imaging Products Service Dept.

First Edition : July. 2002First Print : July. 2002

C

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

CONTENTS

1. Product Overview--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11-1 Main Features ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11-2 Functions and performance Comparison Chart ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1-4

2. Technical explanation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-92-1 Design --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-92-2 4x density pixel arrangement process -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-102-3 Audio --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-112-4 Title Mix ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-12

3. Main specifications ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-144. Performance and functions --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-155. External View ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-266. System diagram ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-277. Overview of viewfinder/LCD Panel displays ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-28

7-1 Camera mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-287-2 VCR mode --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-357-3 Camera/card mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-387-4 Card playback mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-407-5 Menu display ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-41

7-5-1 Camera mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-417-5-2 VCR mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-457-5-3 Card/Camera mode --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-477-5-4 Card Playback mode -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-50

7-6 Card-related screen displays ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-527-6-1 Card image check screen --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-527-6-2 Side show screen ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-527-6-3 Index screen ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-537-6-4 Image Protect screen -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-537-6-5 Print mark screen ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-537-6-6 Card execution/Copy screen ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-547-6-7 Card execution/Image erase screen --------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-547-6-8 Format screen ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-557-6-9 Title mix selection screen -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-567-6-10 Title mix screen ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-577-6-11 Title erase screen ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-577-6-12 Title erase screen ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-577-6-13 Title protect screen -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-57

7-7 Bitmap display----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-587-8 Warning displays -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-607-9 LCD indicators ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-62

8. Backing up various data ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-638-1 Active memory (EEPROM, mechanical) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-638-2 Backup by main power supply ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-638-3 Backup by main power supply or backup power supply (lithium button primary battery) ------------- 1-638-4 Backup conditions related to switching actions --------------------------------------------------------------- 1-63

8-4-1 Turning off the power (Camera mode) ----------------------------------------------------------------- 1-638-4-2 Switching Program AE modes -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-65

9. Other features ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -1-689-1 Enabled and disabled settings in Program AE mode and Camera mode ---------------------------------- 1-68

9-1-1 Enabled and disabled settings in Program AE mode and Switches on camera ------------------- 1-699-2 Enabled and disabled settings in Program AE and Switches ------------------------------------------------ 1-709-3 System data displays ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-709-4 EVF display -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-709-5 Support for analog signal I/O copyright protection signals ------------------------------------------------- 1-719-6 Video ID1 detection/output support ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-719-7 Closed caption detection and output ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-719-8 Custom keys ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-729-9 Custom presets ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-729-10 DV control -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-73

DM-XM2 ECHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-1

1. Product OverviewThis product is a 3CCD camcorder that replaces the DM-XM1 E models. It features a 440,000-pixel CCD and 4x

density pixel arrangement for providing the highest image quality for motion video and still images available in a

commercial product.

The high-quality adjustment function, color bar, and manual volume adjustment function found in the XL1s were also

added to create a high-end product appealing to a wider user base than the

DM-XM1 E, ranging from skilled amateurs to professionals.

1-1 Main Features

High-magnification andhigh-performance lens

Enhanced still-imagefunctionsSD memory card/MultiMediacard compatibleRecords 1.68-million-pixel stillimagesUSB port

High-performance functions for business usersManual audio functionAdvanced accessory shoe for XLR microphone adapterCustom presetsColor barAnd other features

Finest image quality available in a consumercameraNew 1/4-inch 3CCD next-generation system410,000-pixel CCD and 4x density pixel arrangement


1-2

• Next-Generation 3CCD System

• Outstanding Performance Features for Business Users

♦ Manual audio function

♦ Custom presets

♦ Interval timer

♦ Slow shutter

♦ 16:9 marker

♦ Zebra pattern level settings

♦ Power Save mode

♦ Displayed text recording

♦ Advanced accessory shoe for XLR

microphone adapter

♦ Color bar

♦ Clear scan

♦ Gain settings

♦ Display selector within viewfinder

(change from two to three positions)

♦ Variable grip zoom speed

♦ DV control function

♦ Index images and search function

♦ Custom keys

1/4-inch CCD with 300,000 effective pixelsDM-XM1 E

2x density pixel arrangement (horizontal pixel shift only)

1/2 pixel

1/4-inch CCD with 440,000 effective pixelsDM-XM2 E

4x density pixel arrangement process (horizontal pixel shift + vertical pixel shift)

Motion video: Horizontal resolution of approx. 540 TV linesStill image: 1.68 million pixels recorded

1/2 pixel


1-3

• New Accessory

MA-300 Microphone AdapterAdvanced accessory shoe typeIncluding 2-channel XLR terminal


1-4

1-2 Functions and performance Comparison Chart

Item XM1 XM2 (This product)

Camera

Shooting Motion video Tape Tape

functions Still image Tape (Photo) Tape (Photo), memory card

(Progressive Photo)

Image Image size 1/4-inch 3CCD 1/4-inch 3CCD

sensing Total number of Total pixels: 320,000 Total pixels: 470,000

device pixels (per CCD) Effective pixels: 300,000 Effective pixels: 440,000

System 3-plate Pixel shift (horizontal) 3-plate Pixel shift

(horizontal, vertical)

Filter RGB independent primary color filter RGB independent primary color filter

(dichroic prism) (dichroic prism)

Lens Optical zoom 20 × (12 elements in 10 groups with ←magnification one fluorite lens and two aspheric lenses)

Digital zoom 40 ×, 100 × 40 ×, 100 × (Card mode: None)

magnification

Focal length 4.2-84 mm ←(optical zoom)

(35 mm equivalent) 39.5-790 mm ←F-number F1.6-2.9 With tape: F1.6-2.9

With memory card: F2.0-2.9

Aperture leaves Iris diaphragm (6 leaves) Iris diaphragm (5 leaves)

ND filter K K

(Transmittance: Approx. 16% with (Transmittance: Approx. 10% with 3

2.7 aperture) aperture)

Zoom Handle 3-level adjustable (H/M/L) ←speed zoom

Grip Multi-level adjustable speed Variable H/M/L

zoom

Filter diameter φ 58mm P0.75 ←Minimum illumination 6 lx (During auto mode) 0.37 lx (Slow shutter : 1/6 second)

Image stabilization Optical system (double-driving VAP) ←Shooting functions

Program AE Easy Recording Easy Recording

Auto mode Auto mode

Spotlight mode Spotlight mode

Surf & Snow mode Surf & Snow mode

Tv mode Tv mode

Av mode Av mode

Manual mode Manual mode

Photometric Center-bottom-weighted and peak Center-bottom-weighted

Photometrysystem Photometric

Evaluative 56 segments 80 segments

photometry

Exposure AE lock K ←adjustment Exposure K (after AE lock) ←

correction

AE shift K (±2 levels) ←Gain setting K (During manual mode) ←Back light × ←correction


1-5

Item GL1 GL2 (This product)

Shutter speed High- Tape 9 levels (1/50, 1/120, 1/250, 1/500, 9 levels (1/50, 1/120, 1/250, 1/500, 1/1000,

speed 1/1000, 1/2000, 1/4000, 1/8000, 1/16000) 1/2000, 1/4000, 1/8000, 1/16000)

shutter During manual mode: 27 steps During manual mode: 27 steps

Card × Tv mode: 1/50 to 1/500

Manual mode: 1/50 to 1/700

Slow shutter × 3 levels (1/25, 1/12, 1/6)

Aperture value F1.6, F2, F2.4, F2.8, F3.4, F4, F4.8, F5.6, F1.6, F2, F2.4, F2.8, F3.4, F4, F4.8, F5.6,

F6.7, F8, F9.5, F11 F6.7, F8 (F2.8-F8 is telephoto end)

(F2.8-F11 is telephoto end) Manual mode: 19 steps + CLOSE

Manual mode: 23 steps + CLOSE (Step 17 (Step 13 level is telephoto end + CLOSE)

level is telephoto end + CLOSE) Card mode: F2, F2.4, F2.8, F3.4, F4, F4.8

F5.6, F6.7, F8

Manual mode: 17 steps + CLOSE

(Step 13 level is telephoto end + CLOSE)

Image quality Color gain × (Custom preset)

adjustment adjustment

Hue adjustment K (±6 steps (±10)) (Custom preset)

Sharpness K (Custom preset)

adjustment

Setup adjustment × (Custom preset)

WB Auto K ←Set K (1pc) ←Preset Outdoor, indoor ←Systems TTL, 49 segments TTL : 80 segments

Focus Mode AF/MF ←Manual focus Focus ring operation ←

16:9 Recording system Vertical stretching ←Area marker × Area marker displayed for 16:9

display in EVF 4:3 screen

Shooting D. effects Black and White, Slim, Stretch, Black and White, Sepia, Art, Strobe,

effects Strobe (0.5-second intervals) Mirror, Mosaic, Tracer (tape)

D. fade White (black) auto fade White (black) auto fade, wipe,

overlap (tape)

Zebra pattern K (Level fixed at 95%) (Variable level: 80% 85% 90% 95%

100%)

Movie video Mode Tape Normal/Frame (simulated frame ←shooting process using pixel shift)

Card × ←Clear scan × (Tv mode, M mode: 50.3-200 Hz)

Still image Mode Tape Normal (field image) ←shooting Card × Progressive (iris shutter)

Single Tape 6.5 seconds ←pictures Card × ←Continuous Tape × ←pictures Card × ←PHOTO USE Dedicated still image button (tape) Dedicated still image button (tape, card)

buttons Pressed K (only during recording standby) ←halfway

down

: New functions


1-6


Still image Flash compatibility K 220EX, 380EX, 550EX K 220EX, (380EX), 420EX, 550EX

shooting Recorded video Frame image ←(video output is field image)

Frame processing Simulated frame Simulated frame

(horizontal pixel shift) (horizontal and vertical pixel shift)

Wide shooting Tape K ←(vertical

Card × ←extension)

Negative-positive reversal × ←Interval timer × (Interval time: 4 modes, Recording

time: 4 modes)

Self-timer 10 seconds/Remote controller: 2 seconds ←REC Search K ←REC Review K ←Standby switch × K

Power save (after five minutes in Power shutoff Power shutoff/VCR (drum) stop

Recording Pause)

Displayed text recording ×Audio

Audio 16-bit 2-channel (48 kHz) ←12-bit 4-channel (32 kHz)

Wind screen K (ON/OFF) (Microphone F characteristics:

Normal/Voice/Wind Screen)

Recording level adjustment Auto only Auto, manual (L/R controls with

level adjustment dials)

Level meter × (EVF, inside LCD monitor, LCD

information display)

EVF Size 0.55-inch (TFT color) 0.44-inch (TFT color)

Pixels 180,000 ←Brightness K (EVF BRIGHT dial adjustment) K (Menu adjustment)

adjustment

Color adjustment × ←Movable Downward 68° up to horizontal ←

Monitor LCD Size 2.5-inch ←Pixels 122,000 200,000

Brightness K ←adjustment

Movable K ←VCR

Playback Fast forward 25x speed 30x speed

system Rewind 25x speed 30x speed

Frame playback Forward/Reverse ←Slow playback Forward/Reverse ←2× SP playback Forward/Reverse ←1× SP playback Forward/Reverse ←Cue/review 11.5× speed ←

: New functions


1-7


Search Photo search K ←Date search ×Index search ×

Playback D. effects × ×effects D. fade × ×Data code display Time and date display, camera information ←Audio dubbing K ←AV Insert K ←Zero Set Memory K ←Editing Recorder settings K ×functions Simple dubbing K (Cut-in and cut-out) ×

Timing adjustment K ×System

Interface Microphone input K ←(terminal) Headphone output K ←

DV terminal K (I/O) ←S terminal K (I/O) ←AV terminal φ 3.5 mm (I/O) ←Editing terminals LANC terminal ←USB port × mini-B/ Complies with mass storage

class 1.0

Memory Card × SD memory card and MultiMedia card

card Still image Image × 1488 × 1128, 640 × 480 pixels

recording size

Image × Fine, Standard

quality

Card mix × ←Stitch × ←function

Still image Slideshow × K

playback Card jump × K

Title Creation × Camera shooting

image Title size × 640 × 480 pixels

Title mix × (Color selection (full color, _8 color),

mixed level variation)

Color bar × (EBU color bar)

Analog to DV signal conversion ×Direct print × ←World clock K ←Text titles × ←Speaker K ←Confirmation beep K ←

: New functions


1-8


Tally light K ←Remote control code × (Remote control ON/OFF) , , Accessory shoe K (Compatibility with EX flashes) K (Compatibility with advanced shoe

and EX flashes)

Video ID × (ID1)

Recording LP K ←modes SDL × ←Custom keys × (1 key)

DV control × (Allowed only during Camera mode)

Internal battery charging × ←Backup power Lithium button battery (CR2025) ←Battery pack power 900 series lithium secondary battery ←

: New functions


1-9

2. Technical explanation2-1 Design Styling

• Conversion of the hard image of the DM-XM2E A to a softer and sleeker image

• Integrated form flowing from the lens barrel to the LCD

• Simple structure based on two-tone coloring that matches the molding

• Red is left as the high-profile accent color and used for the area around the level meter

• Hood design incorporating the camera body image

Ease of operation

• DM-XM2E A button layout is left and functionality is enhanced

• Grip shape that fits naturally in the hand

• Slimmer body width for reducing the moment

• Comfortable handle holding

• Handle bottom shaped to fit the inside of the fingers

• Key-top-shape for allowing usage with looking through the viewfinder


1-10

2-2 4x density pixel arrangement processThis camera incorporates separate CCDs using the 2x density pixel arrangement process for each of the

three primary colors (red, green, and blue) of light. The light signals captured by the three CCDs then undergo

separate processing for movies or still images. This camera uses new camera signal processing technology

for achieving a horizontal resolution of approximately 540 lines when recording DV movies. The camera uses

Canon’s 4x density pixel arrangement process for recording still images on cards. Shifting this information in

the three CCDs by one-half pitch in the vertical and horizontal directions effectively doubles the number of

pixels in each direction for providing a microscopic cell pitch exceeding even SXGA size at 1360 pixels in the

horizontal direction. The result is a highly-detailed megapixel still image.

Pixel

Pixel

DM-XM1 E DM-XM2 E

CCD total number of pixels 320,000 pixels x3 470,000 pixels x3

CCD effective number of pixels 300,000 pixels x3 440,000 pixels x3

CCD pixel arrangement Double-density pixel arrangement 4 times Double-density pixel arrangement

(Horizontal pixel shift only) (Horizontal pixel shift + vertical pixel shift)

During recording to tape 440,000 pixels (768H x 494V)

During recording to card 1680,000 pixels (1488H x 1128V)


1-11

NOR

RESPONSE

Main Dark NoiseBand (inside dotted line)

VOICE

WIND

Voice Band(inside the solid line)

0

-10

-20

100 200 f [Hz]

2-3 Audio1.Microphone configuration

In this product, the microphone configuration from the DM-GL1 A is used. It uses a cross-layout configuration withfour elements.The polar patterns and other settings are also identical to the DM-GL1 A.

2.Frequency characteristics selector function for built-in microphone• Purpose of function

The DM-GL1 A, the predecessor of this product, used settings that expanded the frequency characteristics to the lowranges for powerful sound pickup.As a result of these settings, this microphone was well-known in the market for its superior quality. In somecases, however, there were problems, such as people’s voices being inaudible.The cause of this problem was that the expanded low ranges resulted in high-sensitivity sound pickup of thesurrounding dark noise (environmental noise such as the low-band component of air-conditioners) so that thevoices became faint by comparison.To remedy this problem, this product expanded the frequency characteristics of the built-in microphone from twolevels (Wind Cut ON/OFF) to three levels (Normal, VOICE, Wind Cut). In this configuration, the DM-GL1 A

frequencycharacteristics are kept as a single mode and a new VOICE mode was added specifically for picking upvoices and reducing the surrounding dark noise level.

• This mode’s operating method is presented below.

Although the DM-GL1 A settings allows powerful sound pickup in low ranges, if sound is picked up in anenvironment where dark noise is distributed at high levels as shown in the figure above, the main bands ofair-conditioners and other dark noise are distributed to the low ranges so that the dark noise is recorded at ahigh level and the voices become faint.To remedy this problem, three modes can be selected in this product according to the usage conditions.NORMAL : This mode records powerful audio by expanding the sound pickup band to the low ranges.VOICE : Primarily for sound pickup of voices, this mode reduces the dark noise distributed in the low

ranges for recording clearer audio.WIND CUT : Under windy conditions, this mode records audio by reducing the wind noise.

3.Manual volume functionThe configuration is identical to the STB and XL1S.

4.Audio level LCD indicatorsThe configuration is identical to the STB and XL1S.


1-12

2-4 Title MixUsually, cameras installed with memory cards are used not only for recording still images on memory cards.They also include “Card Chroma key”, “Card Lumi. key”, and “Camera Chroma key” as card mix functions so that

users could enjoy making their own title creations. In the card mix functions, the camera image is inserted into the blue

section of the card image (Card Chroma key), the camera image is inserted into the white section of the card image(Card Lumi. key), or the card image is inserted into the blue section of the camera image (Camera Chroma key).

However, the section to be mixed must be set to blue if mixed using Chroma key, or set to white if mixed using Lumi.

key Rather than allowing the creation of title images by the user himself, these methods were limited to the sampleimage applications in the memory card.

This product title mix function allows images to be inserted easily by simply using the camera to capture logo marks orpictures drawn by children as titles or one-point marks and recording them in the memory card as title images. Although this

title mix function is basically identical to the digital title mix function included with 8-mm video cameras, it has enhanced

ease of operation and higher image quality. In particular, since the title image is temporarily stored in the memory, any user-selected adjustments such as Mix Level or Color selection can be made. Also, once the desired title image is made, it can be

stored on the memory card so that it can be used at any time and even by another this product.

Title image Camera image Title mix

Title image (Inverse) Camera image Title mix

1.Create title image

Original image (color)

a. When “Color selection” is set

Full color Black Blue Green


1-13

Cyan Red Magenta Yellow

White Inverse: Full color Inverse: Black Inverse: Blue

Inverse: Green Inverse: White Inverse: Full color

b.Mix level function (when in the full color state)

* Before the title image is stored in the card, the Mix Level and Color selection adjustments can be repeated.

(However, if the power is turned off, any title images stored in the temporary memory will be lost.)


1-14

3. Main specificationsModel : DM-XM2 E (PAL model)

SystemsRecording system Two rotating heads, helical scan azimuth recordingSignal system Complies with PAL systemVideo signal recording system Digital component recordingAudio signal recording system PCM digital recording

16-bit, 48 kHz, 2-channel; 12-bit, 32 kHz, 4-channel(stereo 1 and 2)

Compatible video cassettes Mini DV cassettes with DV markTape speed Approx. 18.83 mm/second (SP mode), approx. 12.57 mm/second (LP mode)Recording/playing time 80 minutes (in SP mode using 80-minute tape),

120 minutes (in LP mode using 80-minute tape)Fast-forward/reverse time Approx. 2 minutes and 20 seconds (using 60-minute tape)Image sensing device 1/4-inch 3CCD

Total number of pixels: Approx. 470,000 × 3RGB independent primary color filter (dichroic prism)Number of effective pixels: Approx. 44`0,000 × 3

Viewfinder 0.44-inch TFT color LCD, approx. 180,000 pixels RGB delta arrangementLCD monitor 2.5-inch TFT color LCD; approx. 200,000 pixelsMicrophone Cross-layout stereo using four electret condenser microphonesLens 20× lens f = 4.2 to 84 mm F1.6 to 2.9

12 elements in 10 groups (using one fluorite lens and two aspheric lenses)Image stabilization Optical image stabilization and angular velocity sensingFocus adjustment TTL TV-AF system and manually adjustable using focus ringMinimum object distance 10 mm (wide end), 1 m (full zoom area)Color temperature switching Automatic tracking WB, set/preset function includedMinimum subject illumination Approx. 0.37 lx (During 1/8-second slow shutter)Recommended subject illumination Approx. 100 lx or higherSubject illumination range Approx. 0.37 lx to approx. 100,000 lxAperture Iris diaphragm, Servo

I/O terminals (level/impedance)DV terminal Special 4-pin connector (IEEE1394 compatible for both input and output)S-Video terminal 4-pin Mini DIN for both input and output

Brightness + synchronization signal: 1 Vp-p/75 ΩColor signal (color burst): 0.3 Vp-p/75 Ω

Video terminal φ 3.5 mm AV mini-jack (for both input and output, also serves as audio terminal)1 Vp-p/75 Ω unbalanced, synchronization negative

Audio terminal φ 3.5 mm AV mini-jack (for both input and output, also serves as video terminal)

Audio input 0 dBv (with 47 kΩ load)/47 kΩ (LINE ATT), φ10 dBv (with 47 kΩ load)/47 kΩ (LINE)Audio output 4 dBm (with 47 kΩ load) /3 kΩ or less, unbalanced

Microphone input terminal φ 3.5 mm stereo mini-jack-35 dBv (using 600 Ω microphone)/5.6 kΩ (MIC ATT)-55 dBv (using 600 Ω microphone)/5.6 kΩ (MIC)

Microphone power supply terminal φ 2.5 mm mini mini-jack (DC 5V)Headphone terminal φ 3.5 mm stereo mini-jack

-25 dBv (with 16 Ω load)/120 ΩUSB port 5-pin connector (mini-B Receptacle)DC output terminal φ 2.5 mm mini mini-jack (DC 5V)Accessory shoe Compatible with advanced accessory shoe and E-TTL flashesEditing (LANC) terminal φ 2.5 mm mini mini-jack

Power, etc.Power supply DC 7.2 VPower consumption Approx. 4.8 W (using EVF), approx. 5.7 W (LCD monitor)(during recording/AF focusing)Operating temperature 0 to 40°CDimensions (W × H × D) Approx. 118 × 136 × 306 mm (except for small protrusions)

(Approx. 4 5/8 × 5 3/8 × 12 in)Weight Camcorder alone: Approx. 1.12 kg (2 lb 7 1/2 oz)

Total equipped weight: Approx. 1.27 kg (2 lb 12 3/4 oz)(includes BP-915, lens hood, lens cap, DVM-E30 and lithium button battery)


1-15

4. Performance and functionsDM-XM2 E

4.1 Type VCR-integrated camera

4.2 Recording system Rotating two-head helical scan azimuth recording

Consumer electronics digital DVC (SD specs)

Complies with NTSC system (625 lines, 50 fields)

4.2.1 Video signal recording system Digital component recording

Sampling frequency Y = 13.5 MHz

R-Y, B-Y = 6.75 MHz

Quantized bits 8 bits

4.2.2 Audio signal recording system PCM digital recording

16-bit: 48 kHz 2ch

12-bit: 32 kHz 4ch

(Stereo 1 and 2)

4.2.3 Tracking 2-frequency pilot system

4.2.4 Tape speed Approx. 18.83 mm/second (in SP mode)

Approx. 12.57 mm/second (in LP mode)

4.2.5 Head drum

Drum diameter φ 21.7 mm

Rpms 9000 rotations/minute

Heads Video heads: 2

4.3 Recording/playback time 80 minutes maximum (in SP mode)

(using 80-minute tape) 120 minutes maximum (in LP mode)

Continuous recording/actual recording time and continuous playback time using battery

Recording (EVF) Recording (LCD) Playback (LCD)

BP-915 Approx. 120 minutes/approx. 65minutes Approx. 95 minutes/approx. 55 minutes Approx. 105 minutes

BP-930 Approx. 280 minutes/approx. 155 minutes Approx. 235 minutes/approx. 135 minutes Approx. 255 minutes

BP-945 Approx. 420 minutes/approx. 235 minutes Approx. 355 minutes/approx. 205 minutes Approx. 385 minutes

4.4 Cassette tape specifications Mini DVC specs

4.4.1 Tape type Vapor-deposited metal tape

4.4.2 Tape width 6.35 mm vapor-deposited metal tape

4.4.3 Tape thickness 7µm

4.5 Camera

4.5.1 Image sensing device 1/4-inch interlaced CCD × 3

1. Pixels Total pixels: Approx. 470,000 × 3 (795(H) × 595 (V) × 3)

Effective pixels: Approx. 440,000 × 3 (752(H) × 582 (V) × 3)

2. Filter Prism + dichroic filter

3. Signal configuration PAL standard color TV signal

4. Scanning system 625 lines, 50 fields/25 frames

5. Minimum subject illumination Approx. 0.37 lx (During 1/6-second Tv mode and Manual mode)

Approx. 3 lx (Auto mode)

6. Subject illumination range Approx. 0.37 lx to approx. 100,000 lx

(During Tv mode and Manual mode)

4.5.2 Photo lens

1. Nominal focal length 4.2 to 84 mm (35mm film equivalent: approx. 39.5 to 790 mm)

2. Optical zoom 20x

3. Nominal F number F1.6 to F2.9

4. Lens configuration 12 elements in 10 groups (using one fluorite lens and two aspheric lenses)

5. Focus adjustment Inner focus type, manually adjustable (adjusted by turning focus ring)


1-16

6. Minimum object distance Wide end: 10 mm, middle range: 1m, tele end: 1m

(from lens tip)

7. Power zoom Grip zoom Multi-level variable-speed zoom (Approx. 4 to 30 seconds, during digital zoom: Approx. 5.5 to 38

seconds (during tape recording only)/Three fixed speeds (H/M/L))

Handle zoom Three fixed speeds (H/M/L)

8. Aperture Iris diaphragm (5 leaves)

9. Macro mechanism Wide end macro

Macro shooting distance 10 mm (from lens front)

10. ND filter Built-in Transmittance: Approx. 10% (equivalent to approx. 3 apertures)

11. Filter diameter 58 mm P0.75

12. Lens hood Included Specially-designed removable bayonet-square hood

13. Lens cap Screw-on type

4.5.3 Digital zoom 40x, 100x (with tape only) (35 mm film equivalent: approx. 1,580 mm and 3,950 mm)

4.5.4 Image stabilization function

1. System Optical image stabilization (double-driving variangle prism system)

2. Sensing system Angular velocity sensing (using piezoelectric vibration sensor)

4.5.5 Shooting modes

1. Motion Video mode Motion video mode (Start and Stop button operation), Still Image mode (Photo button operation)

Normal video and Frame video on tape when using tape mode (although there is a slight stiffness when

shooting a moving subject, playback of still images provides crystal-clear video without flicker)

2. Still Image mode Approx. 6.5-second still image recording on tape when using tape mode (field image: simulated frame

processing by vertical pixel shift), still image (Progressive Photo) can be recorded on an SD Memory

card or MultiMedia card when using card mode.

Canon Speedlite 220EX, 420EX, and 550EX can be attached for shooting with automatic flash con-

trol.

Half-pressed lock indicator ( ) for PHOTO button in viewfinder. When AF is locked, this indicator

is displayed in green and the flash charged indicator is displayed ( ).

4.5.6 Exposure control

1. Photometric system Center-weighted metering: Easy Recording mode, Auto mode, Tv (shutter priority) mode, Av (aper-

ture priority) mode, Manual mode

Whole area average photometry + 70-segment evaluative photometry: Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode

2. AE function

a. Program AE Easy Recording mode, Auto mode, Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode

b. Tv mode (Shutter priority mode)

Shutter speed setting 1/8 second, 1/15 second, 1/30 second, 1/60 second, 1/100 second, 1/250 second, 1/500 second, 1/1000

second, 1/2000 second, 1/4000 second, 1/8000 second, 1/15000 second, CS

CS: Clear Scan

When recording on a card: up to 1/500 second

Clear scan frequency setting 50.3 Hz to 200.0 Hz, 170 levels

(when clear scan is selected)

c. Av mode (Aperture priority mode)

Fixed when using F1.6, F2.0, F2.4, F2.8, F3.4, F4.0, F4.8, F5.6, F6.7, F8.0 (when using card: F2.0 to F8.0)

aperture tape

value


1-17

3. Manual shooting

Manual mode The shutter speed and gain, aperture value can be adjusted to any setting. The standard exposure can be

checked using the exposure meter ( ) in the viewfinder.

Shutter speed setting 1/6 second, 1/12 second, 1/25 second, 1/50 second, 1/60 second, 1/75 second, 1/90 second, 1/120

second, 1/150 second, 1/180 second, 1/210 second, 1/250 second, 1/300 second, 1/350 second, 1/400

second, 1/500 second, 1/600 second, 1/700 second, 1/800 second, 1/1000 second, 1/1200 second, 1/

14000 second, 1/16000 second, 1/2000 second, 1/2400 second, 1/2800 second, 1/3200 second, 1/4000

second, 1/8000 second, 1/16000 second, CS

when recording on a card: 1/50 second to 1/700 second

Clear scan frequency setting (when clear scan is selected)

50.3 Hz to 200.0 Hz, 170 levels

Aperture value setting F1.6, F1.8, F2.0, F2.2, F2.4, F2.6, F2.8, F3.2, F3.4, F3.7, F4.0, F4.4, F4.8 F5.2, F5.6, F6.2, F6.7, F7.3,

F8.0, CLOSE (The telephoto end ranges from F2.8 to F8.0, CLOSE) (when using card: F2.0 to F8.0,

CLOSE)

Gain select The gain level can be set to 0 dB, 6 dB, 12 dB, and 18 dB (0 dB, 6 dB, and 12 dB when using a card).

The gain can be set in manual mode.

4. Exposure correction function AE shift or AE lock. The shutter speed and aperture value can be adjusted after setting AE lock.

AE shift One of the 15 settings shown below can be selected by turning the Exposure Shift dial (Auto, Tv, and

Av modes).

AE shift amount ±6 levels from the center (-2.0, -1.5, -1.25, -1.0, -0.75, -0.5, -0.25, ±0, +0.25, +0.5, +0.75, +1.0, +1.25,

+1.5, +2.0).

The numerical value (AE ±0) is displayed in the viewfinder.

AE lock AE lock is set by pressing the Exposure dial (Auto, Tv, Av, Sand and Snow, and Spotlight modes).

After AE lock is set, the aperture, shutter speed and clear scan frequency can be adjusted. (However,

this is a correction system that supercedes the program diagram. During AE lock, the CS frequency can

be changed, but actual operation is not performed.)

4.5.7 AF (Auto Focus)

1. System TTL-video signal sensing AF

2. AF range finding area Screen center

3. Range finding window display None

4. AF operating range Closeup to infinity

10 mm to infinity (at wide end); full zoom area: 1 m to infinite

5. AF operating illumination range 50 lx to 100,000 lx

6. AF mode switching Continuous AF/manual focus. AF can be turned ON/OFF except in Easy Recording mode.

Manual focus Manual focus is performed by turning the focus ring on the lens when the AF is off (“MF” is displayed

in the viewfinder).

7. Range finding window display None

8. AF when accessory filter is attached AF can be used when attaching the WD-58H Wide Converter Lens

4.5.8 Viewfinder The viewfinder cannot be detached from the camera body.

1. Type Electronic color viewfinder

2. Angle Adjustable from 68° with the vertical to a flat horizontal position Viewfinder clicks when both ends

are reached.

3. Video display unit 0.44-inch screen, color LCD, 180,000 pixels (800(H) × 225(V))

TFT active matrix drive RGB delta arrangement

4. Field of vision ratio Approx. 90%

5. Eyepiece Fixed-length viewfinder

Diopter movement range +1.5 to -5.5 diopter (when eye is at eyepiece)

Lens configuration One molded aspheric lens + one molded spheric lens Two-lens configuration


1-18

4.5.9 LCD monitor 2.5-inch screen, color LCD, approx. 200,000 pixels (881 (H) × 228 (V))

TFT active matrix drive RGB delta arrangement adjustable brightness

1. Angle adjustment Possible; monitoring is possible for high-angle, low-angle, and during mirror shooting

2. Information display Color display of operating mode, quick zoom position, exposure indicator, battery power, remaining

tape, data codes, various warnings, etc.

Operating mode indicator (displayed as , , ) is displayed when display in Mirror mode is

selected during mirror shooting.

Audio level indicator During automatic mode:

During manual mode:

Relationship between LCD monitor and viewfinder

LCD panel positionCamera mode VCR mode

LCD panel CVF LCD panel CVF

Panel closed (panel facing inwards) OFF ON OFF ON

Panel closed (panel facing outwards) ON OFF ON OFFmirror mode is

automatically turned off

Panel open ON OFF ON OFF

Mirror shooting * ON ON ON OFF

* The panel display is limited during Mirror mode (EVF and onscreen are displayed normally). Only Record, Record

Pause, and Eject are displayed. (Mirror mode is temporarily canceled during REC search and when making the menu

settings.)

4.5.10 White balance adjustment TTL 80 segments, new white extraction system white balance; includes set (1 position)/preset

: 5600k; : 3200k)

(selected through camera menu)

Adjustment range 2800k to 8000k

4.5.11 Special digital effects Fader, Effects, Color Bar (digital effects menu selection, only available when the camera is in tape

mode).

1. Fader Auto Fade, Wipe, Overlap (Auto Fade : linked with the START/STOP button, video and audio syn-

chronous white fade. North American and PAL models use video and audio synchronous black fade).

For the Wipe and Overlap, Fade of only video signal is possible. (Fade from the last still picture of the

previous scene that was shot by the Wipe, Overlap operation.)

2. Effects Effects can be performed in Motion video mode. The effects continue to applied until they are turned

off.

Black and White, Sepia, Art, Mirror, Mosaic, Strobe (0.5-second intervals), Tracer

3. Color Bar The EBU color bar is displayed for recording (it records on the initial section of the tape so that it can

be used as a reference signal during playback.)

Monitor screen for SMPTE color bar signal Monitor screen for EBU color bar signal


1-19

4.5.12 Microphone Stereo microphone (using electret condenser microphone)

1. Stereo directional Approx. 90° EVF, LCD monitor indicators

2. Frequency characteristics Normal/Voice/Wind Screen

selector

3. Microphone amplifier Selectable Includes ATT (20 dB)selector switch Audio level meter

Sensitivity (can also be used by external microphone)

Recording level Adjustable Can be used when selecting the recording level

(manual). The L and R recording level adjusting dials are used while viewing the

level meter (LCD) or monitoring the volume through headphones.

4.5.13 Other additional functions

1. Time code Displays recording time (0:00:00 to 7:59:59) and records in sub-code area.

2. Data code The date and camera information during recording are automatically recorded and can be displayed

during playback.

Time and date Automatic calendar range: January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2030 (the initial setting is January 1, 2002)

World clock capability (select the name of your destination city and the date and time are automati-

cally adjusted to the local date and time); supports daylight savings time.

During playback, time can be displayed in three different modes (date only, time and date, or time

only). (Time and date can be displayed for January 1, 1990 through December 31, 2089.)

Camera data Shutter speed, F-number, and gain information are recorded (but not displayed during recording), and

can be displayed during playback.

3. Accessory shoe Included. This product has contacts for the advanced accessory shoe and Canon Speedlite.

Advanced shoe Supports the MA-300 Microphone Adapter, DM-50 Directional Stereo Microphone, and VL-3 Video Light

E-TTL strobe Canon Speedlite 220EX, (380EX), 420EX, and 550EX can be attached for shooting with automatic

flash control during photo shooting and card recording.

This product has interlinked zoom operation with the (380EX), 420EX, and 550EX. Bounce shooting

and added light function are not supported. (E-TTL is not supported when the MA-300 Microphone

Adapter is attached.)

The flash cannot be used during AE lock, manual mode, when the shutter speed is 1/2000

second or more, or during Slow Shutter.

In Tv mode, the shutter speed that can be set during flash shooting ranges from 1/60 (1/50)

second to 1/1000 second.

4. REC Search mechanism Included. Tape can be played (forward or reverse) by pressing the REC Search button while camera

recording is paused. (When REC Search ends, the camera recording is paused again.)

5. REC Review function Included. Accessed by operating the Recording Check button ( ) when camera recording is paused.

6. Zero Set Memory Included. This function allows you to rewind or fast-forward the tape to the position where the WL-

D77 Zero Set Memory key is pressed (the counter value is set to 0:00:00). (During recording,

only zero setting is allowed. This function can be used in Playback mode.)

7. Remote control reception ON/OFF Possible. This can be done in Camera mode and VCR mode (through menu selection). When operating

WL-D77, this takes approx. 2 seconds.

8. Headphone volume adjustment Possible.

9. Self timer 10 seconds. The timer is approx. 2 seconds when set by the WL-D77 Wireless Controller.

10. Interval timer Interval time: 30 seconds, 1 minute, 5 minutes, 10 minutes Recording time: 0.5 second, 1 second, 1.5

seconds, 2 seconds (The time can be set in the menu.)


1-20

11. Zebra pattern Areas of 80% or more brightness are indicated by a black-and-white zebra pattern.

Zebra pattern level Adjustable Can be set to 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 100% (menu setting)

12. Custom keys One. A function can be assigned to the key from among the following options: Index Recording,

Zebra Pattern, VCR Stop, On Screen, MIC, MIC ATT, Grip Zoom Speed, Handle Zoom Speed, Level

Meter, AE Shift, Image Stabilization, and No Setting (when using in Camera mode).

In Card mode, a function can be assigned from among the following options: Zebra Pattern, On Screen,

Grip Zoom Speed, Handle Zoom Speed, AE Shift, Image Stabilization, and No Setting.

In VCR mode, the function can be assigned from among the following options: On Screen, MIC, MIC

ATT, AUDIO IN ATT, Level Meter, and No Setting. In card playback mode, a function can be

assigned from On Screen and No Setting.

13. Custom presets A single preset button is provided. The image quality adjustment settings (color gain, hue, sharpness,

and setup level) can be stored to a button beforehand so that the optimum adjustment conditions can be

obtained when shooting by simply pressing the button.

The adjustments should be made while checking the image on the monitor.

Color gain adjustment Moving the cursor in the positive direction makes the colors darker, and moving in the negative direc-

tion makes the colors lighter. The user can select any setting for the color gain.

Hue adjustment Moving the cursor in the R direction makes skin tones redder, and moving in the G direction makes

skin tones greener. Since the coloring in skin tones can have a green hue under fluorescent lighting,

adjusting the hue can be effective in these cases.

Sharpness adjustment Moving the cursor in the positive direction makes the image clearer, and moving in the negative direc-

tion makes the image blurrier. The user can adjust the sharpness of the image to any selected setting.

Setup level adjustment Moving the cursor in the positive direction reduces the depth of the dark areas, and moving in the

negitive direction reduces the lift of the dark areas.

14. Displayed text recording The text displayed in the viewfinder can be recorded together with the image.

Combining with the EVF DISPLAY function allows the following information to be recorded (EVF

DISPLAY key toggle operation).

1. Normal display

2. Recording mode, operation mode, time code counter, and emergency indicator only

3. No display

The following are displayed when date and time display is selected in the display settings menu or

guide display.

1. Normal display

2. Recording mode, operation mode, time code counter, emergency indicator, and clock indicator

3. Clock indicator

4. No display

15. 16:9 area marker By displaying the area marker in the viewfinder during shooting, you can see beforehand which sec-

tions will be cut when a video shot in a 4:3 screen is converted to a 16:9 wide video.

16. Headphone volume adjustment Adjusted using the volume adjustment dial (15 levels). The volume can also be turned off.

16 : 9 area marker


1-21

17. Title mix function This function allows title images recorded on a memory card to be mixed and recorded during camera

shooting.

Mix title image Shooting can be performed by using the Title button on the handle display to select the image using

Title Image Select (Select Title Mix from the Camera menu to open the Title Mix menu, and then

select the image from the multi-images on the Title Image Select screen (six images displayed on a

screen)) and then by mixing the title images.

Create title image The PHOTO button is used to load the image when the Create Title Image screen displays the message

“PUSH SET TO MAKE A TITLE.” Once the image is loaded, Color Select and Mix Level can be used

to select the colors and adjust (brightness level) the area of the title image that was loaded.

Select Color for title image Select Color can be used to change to full-color or specific colors (nine available colors: black, blue,

green, cyan, red, magenta, yellow, and white), switch the cut and uncut sections.

Mix Level adjustment Mix Level can be used to retouch the cut section as a title image. The cut section and uncut section can

be switched as the title image using Color Select.

Record title image The title image (the same color as Mix Level) is recorded in the SD Memory card or MultiMedia card

using the Record command. (Once the title image is recorded in the memory card, changes can no

longer be made to the mix level and color.) The loaded image will be lost if Title Mix mode is exited

without saving the image to a card. (The memory card needs to be inserted beforehand.)

* Title Mix cannot be used in Easy Recording mode and when the color bar is displayed.

The flash and video light are disabled when creating a title image.

4.6 Recorder

4.6.1 Recording functions Camera shooting and recording, DV input recording, analog input recording

1. Recording format Consumer electronics digital DVC (SD specs)

2. Tape speed SD spec Approx. 18.83 mm/second (in SP mode)

Approx. 12.57 mm/second (in LP mode)

3. DV input recording Complies with IEEE1394.

Records video/audio signals from a digital video camera connected through a DV cable.

4. Analog input recording Records analog video/audio signals using an S Video terminal and AV mini terminal.

5. Priority of terminals during DV terminal > S Video terminal > AV mini terminal

recording

4.6.2 Insert Recording Possible

1. Insert-capable tapes Only tapes with SP recording can be used in Insert Recording.

4.6.3 Audio Dubbing Recording Possible (SD spec tapes only)

1. Audio Dubbing-capable tapes Only tapes with 12-bit/SP recording (other than 4-channel simultaneous recording) can be used in

Audio Dubbing Recording.

2. Audio Dubbing signal input Audio signal from LINE (AV mini terminal) or microphone (external > internal).

3. Switching To Audio Dubbing Switch by pressing the Audio Dubbing button on the player or the remote control during Playback

Pause

4.6.4 Playback functions Standard Playback and Superb Playback

1. Standard Playback

a. Video Video recorded in SP and LP modes

b. Audio 16-bit Supports the following sampling frequencies: 48 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz.

12-bit Sampling frequency: 32 kHz

Stereo 1, Stereo 2, or mixed playback of Stereo 1 and Stereo 2 (variable mix ratio)

2. Special Playback Plays video only

a. Still image playback Simulated frame playback: During normal movies

Frame playback: During frame movies, photo shooting

b. Fast-forward playback Approx. 11.5x speed

c. Rewind playback Approx. 11.5x speed

d. Frame playback Forward/reverse frame feeding

e. Slow playback Forward/reverse 1/3-speed

f. 1x SP playback Forward/reverse 1x speed

g. 2x SP playback Forward/reverse 2x speed

h. Edit search Forward/reverse 1x speed


1-22

4.6.5 Tape fast-forward/rewind time Approx. 2 minutes and 20 seconds (using 60-minute tape)

4.6.6 Input signals

1. DV terminal DV terminal (4P)

Signals SD format signals complying with IEEE1394-AV/C protocol

2. S Video terminal

Signal configuration PAL Y/C separated video signal

Video signals 1 Vp-p (brightness + synchronization signal)

Color signals 0.3 Vp-p (color burst signal)

Impedance 75 Ω

3. AV mini terminal φ 3.5 mm (Video and audio share the same terminal)

a. Video signals

Signal configuration PAL standard color video signals

Input impedance 75 Ω

Signal level 1 Vp-p (composite)

b. Audio signals

Impedance 47 kΩ (AUDIO ATT)/47 kΩ (AUDIO IN)

Signal level 0 dBv (47 kΩ)/-10 dBv (47 kΩ)

4. Microphone terminal φ 3.5 mm stereo mini jack

Impedance 5.6 kΩ (MIC ATT)/5.6 kΩ (MIC IN)

Signal level -35 dBv (600 Ω)/-55 dBv (600 Ω)

4.6.7 Output signals

1. DV terminal

Output signal Complies with IEEE1394-AV/C protocol

2. S Video terminal


Video signal 1 Vp-p (brightness + synchronization signal)

Color signal 0.3 Vp-p (color burst signal)

Brightness signal S/N 50 dB or higher

Horizontal resolution

Self re-recording Maximum 540 TV lines (screen center)

Camera EEout Maximum 540 TV lines (screen center)

Catalog value: 540 TV lines (screen center)

3. Video/audio terminal φ 3.5 mm jack

a. Video signals

Video signal configuration PAL standard color video signals

Output impedance 75 Ω

Output signal level 1 Vp-p (composite)


Self re-recording Approx. 540 TV lines (screen center)

Camera EEout Approx. 540 TV lines (screen center)

Catalog value: 540 TV lines (screen center)

b. Audio signals

Audio signal type Stereo audio signals (supports monaural output function)

Output impedance 3 kΩ or less

Output signal level +4 dBm (Full Scale)

Frequency characteristic 20 Hz to 23 kHz 16 bit (1 kHz reference ± 3 dB range)

20 Hz to 25 kHz 12 bit (1 kHz reference ± 3 dB range)

Audio signal S/N (Full Scale) A-curve compensation

During microphone terminal input 55 dB or higher

During line input 70 dB or higher


1-23

4. S Video terminal


Video signal 1 Vp-p (brightness + synchronization signal)

Color signal 0.3 Vp-p (color burst signal)

Brightness signal S/N 45 dB or higher


Self re-recording Approx. 540 TV lines (screen center)

Camera EEout Approx.540 TV lines (screen center)

Catalog value: Approx. 540 TV lines (screen center)

5. Headphone terminal φ 3.5 mm stereo mini jack

Output impedance 120 Ω

Output signal level -25 dBv (with 16 Ω load)

6. USB port Complies with USB 1.1

USB device class Complies with mass storage class 1.0

Compatible computer systems Windows systems: IBM-compatible PC/ATs, NEC PC98-NX Series

Macintosh systems: Power Macintosh, PowerBook, iMac, iBook

Computer operating system Windows systems: Windows 98, Windows 98SE, Windows Me, Windows 2000, Windows XP

Macintosh systems: Mac OS 8.6 to X

4.6.8 Memory card system

1. Types of memory cards used MultiMedia card, SD memory card

2. Recordable image types and image

quality

Card Recording mode Camera images can be recorded by pressing the Photo button.

3. File system Complies with DCF (Design rule for Camera File system); complies with Exif 2.2, and supports DPOF

(Digital Print Order Format).

Image recording JPEG

Card volume label CANON_DV

DCF folder and file name //DCIM/xxxCANON/AUT_yyyy.JPG xxx: Folder number yyyy: File number

Title image folder and file name //TITLE/USRyyyyy.JPG yyyyy: File number

File number Files are internally managed in the following format: Folder Number_File Number.

Photographed images are assigned file numbers from 0001 to 9999, and are stored in folders (9999

files to a folder). Individual folders are assigned numbers from 100 to 999.

4. Recorded image size 640(H) × 480(V), 1488(H) × 1128(V)

5. Number of recorded images

(SDM-8M)

Still image Fine mode Approx. 66 images (per image: approx. 120 KB)

Standard mode Approx. 120 images (per image: approx. 65 KB)

The specifications for the number of recorded images are simple reference numbers; actual capacity

varies significantly according to photographing conditions such as the subject and the focal length at

the time of shooting.

6. Card formatting Cards should be formatted using the format command in the camcorder’s menu. Cards formatted on a

PC cannot be guaranteed to function properly as they may malfunction depending on the operating

system.


1-24

4.6.9 Other functions

1. Editing function Can be used starting in Recording Pause or Stop mode, or starting with the power off. This does not

apply to cases where the cassette has been removed.

2. Automatic stop function This function is activated in the following cases:

When forward or reverse still image playback is continued for approx. 5 minutes

When a condensation warning is displayed

When the tape end or beginning is reached

3. Power automatic stop function This function is activated in the following cases:

When recording pause is continued for approx. 5 minutes

When the battery voltage falls below a specified value

4. Time code Automatically written during recording. Time code values range from 0:00:00:00 to 7:59:59:29

(hours: minutes: seconds: frames).

5. Photo search This function searches for images shot in Photo mode.

Forward/reverse photo search (use the / keys on the remote control after selecting Photo

Search with the remote control Search Select key)

Values can be entered in a range of up to the ±10th photo from the current position.

6. Date search If there is more than one recording date, this function cue up to the position where the date changes.

Forward/reverse date search (use the / keys on the remote control after selecting Date Search

with the remote control Search Select key)

Values can be entered in a range of up to the ±10th date from the current position.

7. Index search This function detects the positions where index signals were inserted during camera recording.

Forward and reverse index search (use the / keys on the remote control after selecting Date

Search with the remote control Search Select key)

Values can be entered in a range of up to the ±10th date from the current position.

8. World clock display After setting a reference city (the city where the clock’s time is set), when you take a picture, select the

name of the city where you are shooting and the date and time will be automatically changed to the

local date and time, and recorded in the data code.

9. Insert recording This function allows insertion recording of video and audio from the DV terminal, S-video terminal,

and AV mini terminal to tape that has been recorded in SP mode. This function cannot be performed

for input signals with copy protection.

10. Audio Dubbing Audio from the AV mini-terminal or microphones (built-in microphone or external microphones) can only

be recorded to tape as a 12-bit/SP mode recording when not using 4-channel simultaneous recording.

11. Speaker Built-in speaker, with volume adjustment

12. File transfer When the USB port on the PC and the USB port on the camcorder are connected using the interface

cable (IFC-300PCU) of the AK620 accessory kit, still images (JPEG files) recorded on the memory

card can be transferred to the PC.

If the “ZoomBrowser” program (for Windows) or “ImageBrowser” program (for Macintosh) on the

Digital Video Solutions Disk of the AK620 accessory kit is installed on the PC in advance, you can

transfer the desired images to the PC while viewing thumbnails of the still images recorded on the

memory card.

4.7 Terminals and ports

1. DV terminal Special 4-pin connector (IEEE1394 compatible); input and output

2. S Video terminal 4-pin mini-DIN; input and output

3. Video/audio terminal φ 3.5 mm, AV mini-terminals (yellow); input and output

4. External microphone input terminal φ 3.5 mm stereo mini jack

5. Headphone terminal φ 3.5 mm stereo mini jack

6. Editing terminal φ 2.5 mm mini mini jack (supports LANC)

7. USB port mini-B

8. Accessory shoe Compatible with advanced shoe contacts and flash contacts (E-TTL)

9. Memory card connection terminal Multi-pin

10. Battery terminal 2-pin


1-25

4.8 Power supply

1. Input power 7.2 V DC (battery)

2. Power consumption During shooting: Approx. 4.8 W (EVF); approx. 5.7 W (LCD)

During playback: Approx. 5.3 W (LCD)

4.9 Dimensions (W_H_D) Approx. 118 × 136 × 306 mm (approx. 4 5/8 × 5 3/8 × 12 inches)

4.10 Weight

1. Camcorder alone: Approx. 1.12 kg (approx. 2 lb, 7 1/2 oz)

2. Total equipped weight: Approx. 1.27 kg (approx. 2 lb, 12 3/4 oz)

(Includes hood, BP-915, DVM-E30, lens cap and lithium button battery)

4.11 Temperature and humidity requirements

1. Temperature and humidity 0 to 40°C, maximum 85% relative humidity

requirements for performance

2. Temperature and humidity -5 to 45°C, maximum 65% relative humidity

requirements for operation

4.12 Related products (list main accessories, including those not currently for sale)

Canon Digital Videocassette DVM-E60/DVM-E30

Canon Battery Pack BP-914/BP-915/BP-924/ BP-927/BP-930/BP-930R/BP-941/BP-945

* Canon Compact Power Adapter CA-920

Power Cable DOM/A/E/B/AS

* Canon Car Battery Adapter CB-920

* Canon Power Supply Coupler DC-920

Canon Dual Battery Charger/Holder CH-910 A/E/B/AS

Power Supply Coupler DC-915 (supplied with CH-910)

Canon Directional Stereo Microphone DM-50

Canon Battery Video Light VL-10Li

Canon Video Light VL-3

* Canon Canon Wireless Remote Controller WL-D77

Canon Zoom Remote Controller ZR-1000

* Canon Microphone Adapter MA-300

* Canon Wide-Converter WD-58H (with hood)

* Canon System Case HC-4100

Canon DV Cable CV-150F (4-4 pin)

Canon DV Cable CV-250F (4-6 pin)

Canon Interface Cable IFC-300PCU

Canon Stereo Video Cable STV-150N

Canon S-Video Cable S-150

Canon Skirt Adapter PC-A10 (PAL models only)

Canon Shoulder Strap SS-650

* Canon Digital Video Solution Disk Ver. 3.0

Canon Speedlite 220EX, (380EX), 420EX, 550EX

* New product


1-26

5. External View


1-27

6. System diagram

SD Memory Card orMultiMediaCard

IFC-300PCU USB Cable

PC Card Adapter

FD Adapter

Stereo Microphone (commercially available)

WL-D77Wireless Controller

MiniDVVideo Cassette

TV

VCR

ZR-1000 Zoom Remote Controller

WD-58H

MA-300 Microphone Adapter

DM-50 Directional Stereo Microphone

VL-3 Video Light

CB-920 Car BatteryAdapter(Available soon)

DC-920 DC Coupler

SS-650 Shoulder Strap

CA-920 CompactPower Adapter

CH-910 Dual BatteryCharger/Folder

220EX/420EX/550EXSpeedlight

HC-4100Sysytem Case

S-150 S-video Cable

Digital Device

Personal Computer

CV-150F DV Cable

BP-900 Series Battery Pack

STV-250N Stereo Video Cable


VL-10Li Battery Video Light


CV-150F/CV-250F DV Cable

PC-A10 SCART Adapter


1-28

7. Overview of viewfinder/LCD Panel displays

7-1 Camera mode

Menu indication PAL Model Remarks

Camera mode

Zoom, exposure, and exposure correction

indicator display

(displayed for approx. four seconds after

zooming)

Digital zoom is OFF

Zooming is stopped

Zooming to telephoto end

Zooming to wide end

Digital zoom is ON

Using 40x

Using 100x

Exposure

Exposure is set to minimum Cursor flashes

Exposure is set to ± 0

Exposure is set to maximum Cursor flashes

Exposure correction

During AE No display

Exposure maximum -11 levels During mirror

Shooting mirror

Exposure initial value mode (LCD)

Exposure maximum +11 levels

Camera information display

(program AE, shutter speed, aperture value)

Program AE display

Green mode is selected Green display

Auto mode is selected The AUTO display is shown for

Shutter priority mode selected approx. four Seconds after the

1/8 second is set selection is mode

1/15,000 second is set

Clear scan is selected

6

6


1-29

Aperture priority mode is selected

F1.6 is set

F8.0 is set

Manual mode is selected

Shutter speed is set

1/8 (1/6) second is set

1/15,000 (1/16,000) second is setAperture value is set

F1.6 is set

F8 is set

Gain setting 0 dB, 6 dB, 12 dB, 18 dB

Sand & Snow mode is selected

Spotlight mode is selected

AE lock display

AE lock display

AE lock is set to minimum exposure Number flashes during minimum

exposure

During AE lock

AE lock is set to maximum exposure Number flashes during maximum

exposure

AE shift display

AE shift is set to minimum

AE shift is 0

AE shift is set to maximum

When Full Auto is selected

Program AE mode menu

User custom preset settings display

ND filter display

Turn off ND filter instruction is displayed mark flashes

Attach external ND filter instruction is mark flashes

displayed

Turn on ND filter instruction is displayed ND, mark flashes

ND filter is on ND is displayed

Other conditions No display

Manual focus display Displayed only during manual focus


6


1-30

Digital Feature display

Fade Trigger FADE-T

Wipe WIPE

Overlap OVERLAP

Black and White BLK & WHT

Sepia SEPIA

Art ART

Mirror MIRROR

Mosaic MOSAIC

Strobe STROBE

Tracer TRACER

Color bar CLR BARS

Digital effects are turned off D. EFFECT

Digital Feature menu


When Fader is selected

When Effects is selected

Digital Feature selection

Press the “D.E. SEL” button in Camera mode, VCR mode, or Card Recording mode.

The line where the cursor is located in the menu is displayed with a turquoise background.

The previously selected items and the corresponding settings are shown in yellow.


1-31

Date and time display and custom key display

Date and time display

Area and daylight saving time display

London LONDON

London daylight saving time LONDON

Paris PARIS

Cairo CAIRO

Moscow MOSCOW

Dubai DUBAI

Karachi KARACHI

Dacca DACCA

Bangkok BANGKOK

Hong Kong H. KONG

Tokyo TOKYO

Sydney SYDNEY

Solomon Islands SOLOMON

Wellington WELLGTN

Samoa SAMOA

Honolulu HONOLU.

Anchorage ANCHOR.

Los Angeles L.A.

Denver DENVER

Chicago CHICAGO

New York N.Y.

Caracas CARACAS

Rio RIO

Fernando FERNAN.

Azores AZORES

Azores AZORES

Time and date display 01-01-2002 AM 12:00 to 12-31-2020 PM 12:59

Custom key display

Index Write function is set INDEX WRITE

Zebra Pattern function is set ZWBRA

VCR Stop function is set VCR STOP

On Screen function is set TV SCREEN

Microphone Characteristics (MIC) is set MIC F SEL

Microphone Attenuation (MIC ATT) function is set MIC ATT

Grip Zoom Speed function is set ZOOM GRIP

Handle Zoom Speed function is set ZOOM HANDLE

Audio Level Meter function is set AUDIO LEVEL

AE Shift function is set AE SHIFT

Image Stabilization function is set IMAGE S.

Image stabilizer display

The image stabilizer is ON

The image stabilizer is OFF No display


SP A R I


1-32

Approx. 100% remaining





Battery pack low power warning


Tape mode display

SP mode is selected SP

LP mode is selected LP

Operation mode display

During Record (green display) REC

During Record Pause (green display) PAUSE

Playback is stopped (green display) STOP

During Cassette Eject (green display) or Error (flashes red) EJECT

During Forward Record Search/Record Review (green display)

During Reverse Record Search/Record Review (green display)

White balance display

When Set is selected

When Indoor is selected

When Outdoor is selected

Tape counter display

Time code display

Not entered

Zero Set Memory

Not entered

Timer display

During recording Count up from recording

start (0 seconds) to 10

During self timer countdown seconds

All other conditions No display

Tape information display

Remaining tape amount is unknown

Remaining tape amount is unknown (during interval recording)

255 minutes of tape remaining green

99 minutes of tape remaining green

5 minutes of tape remaining yellow

0 minutes of tape remaining red

Tape end flashes red

When the erasure prevention is set to ON, the display flashes in red.

Self timer and interval timer display

Self timer is set

Interval timer is set Lights up

Interval timer is in standby Flashes

Battery pack remaining power display

sec sec

sec sec


1-33


Power warning display for lithium button battery Flashes red

Condensation warning display Flashes red

Remote control sensor display

Remote control code 1 is selected

Remote control code 2 is selected

Remote control OFF is selected The display flashes violetfor approx. four secondswhen the remote controlsignal is received

Microphone characteristics display

Normal is selected NORMAL

Voice is selected VOICE

Wind Screen Cut is selected W. SCREEN

Displayed text recording warning CHAR. REC Red text display flashes

Audio mode display

16-bit is selected 16 bit

12-bit is selected 12 bit

* Displayed for approx. four seconds after the menu setting is made

DV control display

IEEE1394 connected device side is in Record status

IEEE1394 connected device side is in Stop/Pause status

IEEE1394 connected device side is in Unable to Receive

DV Control status

IEEE1394 is not connected The “DV IF” indicator flashes

DV control is off

16:9 mode display

16:9 mode is selected 16:9

Movie mode, Photo mode, and Index Recording

Still image recording (Photo recording) is set

Frame Movie mode is selected

Normal Recording (Field Movie) mode is selected

Index Recording is selected

Half-press lock display

The display flashes in white during AF operation and then turns green

after AF lock

Advanced shoe information

DM-50/VL-3 valid connection

Flash display

Flash charging Flashes white

Flash charged Green display

Level meter and headphone volume adjustment display

Level meter is set to Auto

Level meter is set to Manual

Mirror shooting is set to Auto

Mirror shooting is set to Manual

No display

No display


1-34


Headphone volume is adjusted

Headphones are off


1-35

7-2 VCR mode


VCR mode

Audio output display

12-bit Stereo 1 is selected

12-bit Stereo 2 is selected

12-bit Mix 1:1 is selected

12-bit Mix Variable is selected

16-bit No display

Audio Mix Balance display

ST-1:ST-2 = 1:0

ST-1:ST-2 = 1:1

ST-1:ST-2 = 0:1

Custom key setting display

On Screen is set TV SCREEN

Microphone is set MIC

Microphone Attenuation (MIC ATT) is set MIC ATT

Audio Input Attenuation is set AUDIO ATT

Level meter is set AUDIO LEVEL

Custom key setting is turned off No display

Data code display

Tim

e an

d da

te s

elec

tion Date setting

Time and date Time and date and camera dataCamera data

Data code setting

Time setting

Date and time setting


1-36

Camera data

F-number display The F-number for this product is

F 1.6 to F 8.

F-number closed

When not entered

Shutter speed display The shutter speed of this product

ranges from 1/8 (1/6) to 1/15000

(1/16000) sec.

Not entered

Time display

Time setting is selected

Not entered

Time and time setting are selected

Not entered

Date display

Not entered

Recording mode display Based on the recording mode in the camera mode display

Operating mode display

During Recording Red display

During Recording pause Green display

Cassette is ejected

Playback is stopped

Playback

Fast-forward

Rewind

No tape

Fast-forward playback

2× SP playback

1× SP playback

Slow playback

Frame advance playback

Still image playback

Reverse still image playback

Frame reverse playback

Slow reverse playback

1× SP reverse playback

2× SP reverse playback

Rewind playback Green display

Forward date/photo search

Reverse date/photo search


JAN.

DEC.

.

.


1-37

FF return

REW return

AV Insert pause

AV Insert recording

Audio dubbing pause

Audio dubbing recording

Tape counter

Time code display

Not entered

Zero Set Memory Same as during Camera mode

Remaining tape display Same as during Camera mode

Remaining battery power warning display Same as during Camera mode

Condensation warning display Same as during Camera mode

Remote sensor code display Same as during Camera mode

Microphone characteristics display Same as during Camera mode

Audio mode display Same as during Camera mode

16:9 mode display Same as during Camera mode

DV input display

During DV input

AV to DV signal conversion is selected

Other conditions No display

Speaker volume adjustment/headphone/level

meter display

Speaker volume adjustment

Volume is OFF

Headphone volume adjustment display Same as during Camera mode

Level meter display Same as during Camera mode


RTN

RTN

4

IN


1-38

7-3 Camera/card mode

Camera/card mode

Zoom, exposure, and exposure correction display

Zoom display Same as during Camera mode (This is only displayed for optical zoom.)

Exposure display Same as during Camera mode

Exposure correction display Same as during Camera mode

Camera information display

Program AE mode display Same as during Camera mode

AE lock display Same as during Camera mode

AE shift display Same as during Camera mode

Custom preset display Same as during Camera mode

ND filter display Same as during Camera mode

Manual focus display Same as during Camera mode

Date and time display/custom key display

Time and date display Same as during Camera mode

(date and time only)

Custom key display

Zebra Pattern is selected ZEBRA

On Screen is selected TV SCREEN

Grip Zoom Speed is selected ZOOM GRIP

Handle Zoom Speed is selected ZOOM HANDLE

AE Shift is selected AE SHIFT

Image Stabilization is selected IMAGE S.

No function is selected No display

Card recording image quality display

White balance display Same as during Camera mode

Card access display

During saving of image Shown in red, displayed in sequence

When card access is set to ON (motion video display provided by bitmap (red

box moves to right))

During loading of image Shown in green, displayed in sequence

When card access is set to ON (motion video display provided by bitmap

(green box moves to left))


FINESTD


1-39

Card free space display

No card (flashes red)

9999 or more images can be recorded (The card display is green from

9999 images down to 6 images)

99 images can be recorded

5 images can be recorded (Card display is yellow from 5

images down to 1 image)

0 images can be recorded (Card display is red)

Self timer display Same as during Camera mode

Battery remaining power/low power warning display Same as during Camera mode

Lithium battery low-power warning display Same as during Camera mode

Condensation warning display Same as during Camera mode

Remote sensor code display Same as during Camera mode

Half-press lock display Same as during Camera mode

Flash display Same as during Camera mode



1-40

7-4 Card playback mode

Print mark display

Protect mark display

DCF file name display

Directory Number_File Number

Card access display

Writing to card Shown in red, displayed in sequence

When card access is set to ON (motion video display provided by bitmap (red

box moves to right))

Reading from card Shown in green, displayed in sequence

When card access is set to ON (motion video display provided by bitmap (green

box moves to left))

Image number display

No card (Display flashes red)

Checking number of images recorded on card

0 recorded images

9th of 99 recorded images



Image size display (Horizontal pixels) Changes according to image size

Custom key display

On Screen is set TV SCREEN

No setting is made No display

Data code display Same as during VCR mode (date and time only)

Slideshow operation guide display



1-41

7-5 Menu displayThe available menu items are Camera Mode, VCR Mode, Card/Camera Mode, and Card Playback Mode.

7-5-1 Camera mode

Main menu item Submenu itemPAL model

BackupSettings Default

CAM. SET UP D. ZOOM OFF 40X Lithium

40X battery

200X

MOVIE MODE NORMAL NORMAL Lithium

FRAME battery

IMAGE S. ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

AE SHIFT Lithium

batter

16 : 9 ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

ZEBRA ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

ZEBRA LEVEL 80 90 Lithium

85 battery

90

95

100

ZOOM GRIP VARIABLE VARIABLE Lithium

LOW battery

MEDIUM

FAST

ZOOM HANDLE LOW MEDIUM Lithium

MEDIUM battery

FAST

CLEAR SCAN 50.3 Hz 50.3 Hz Lithium

200 Hz battery

– – –

SELF-TIMER ON OFF Reset by turning

OFF power on

INTERVAL Go to Interval Setting screen

RETURN

CSTM PRESET COLOR GAIN Lithium

battery

COLOR PHASE Lithium

battery


1-42



CSTM PRESET SHARPNESS Lithium

battery

SETUP LEVEL Lithium

batter

RETURN

VCR SET UP REC MODE SP SP Lithium

LP battery

AUDIO MODE 16 bit 16 bit Lithium

12 bit battery

MIC ATT ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

MIC NORMAL NORMAL Lithium

VOICE battery

W. SCREEN

PWR SAVE SHUT OFF SHUT OFF Lithium

VCR STOP

RETURN

DISP.SET UP LCD BRIGHT *1 Lithium

battery

EVF BRIGHT *1 Lithium

battery

LCD MIRROR *1 ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

16 : 9 GUIDES ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

TV SCREEN ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

AUDIO LEVEL ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

GUIDE INFO *1 OFF OFF Lithium

CUSTOM KEY battery

D/T DISPLAY

CARD ACCESS ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

DEMO MODE ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

RETURN

SYSTEM WL. REMOTE *2 Lithium

battery

OFF

TALLY LAMP ON ON Lithium

OFF battery


1-43



SYSTEM BEEP *1 ON ON LithiumOFF battery

CHAR. REC ON OFF LithiumOFF battery

DV CONTROL ON OFF LithiumOFF battery

T. ZONE/DST LONDON PARIS LithiumLONDON batteryPARISPARIS • • • •CAIROMOSCOWDUBAIKARACHIDACCABANGKOKH.KONGTOKYOSYDNEYSOLOMONWELLGTNSAMOAHONOLU.ANCHOR.L.A.DENVERCHICAGON.Y.CARACASRIOFERNAN.• • • •AZORESAZORES

RETURNCUSTOM KEY CUSTOM KEY INDEX WRITE INDEX WRITE Lithium

ZEBRA batteryVCR STOPTV SCREENMICMIC ATTZOOM GRIPZOOM HANDLEAUDIO LEVELAE SHIFTIMAGE S.(No display)


1-44



CAM. SET UP INTERVAL T. ON OFF

OFF

INTERVAL 30 sec 30 sec

1 min

5 min

10 min

REC TIME 0.5 sec 0.5 sec

1.0 sec

1.5 sec

2.0 sec

RETURN



Interval Setting

TITLE MIX TITLE SELECT Go to Title Image Selection screen

TITLE MAKE Go to Title Image Selection screen

RETURN



Select Title Mix Selection Screen

TITLE MIX TITLE MAKE COLOR SELECT

MIX LEVEL

SEAVE

RETURN



Title Image Creation Screen

*1: Except for the menu screens, the regular screens do not show indicators for Tally lamp, Beep, LCD bright, Mirror, or Date and

Time.

*2: Except for the menu screens, this is shown on the regular screen for only four seconds after the power is

turned on and after exiting the menu. However, this is displayed only when the date and time setting is turned off.

Also, OFF ( ) in the remote control code is constantly displayed.

RETURN

TITLE MIX Go to Title Mix Selection screen

RETURN


1-45



VCR SET UP OUTPUT CH *1 L/R L/R Reset by tuming power

L/L off

R/R

AUDIO DUB. AUDIO IN AUDIO IN Lithium

MIC. IN battery

MIC NORMAL NORMAL Lithium

VOICE battery

W. SCREEN

MIC ATT ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

AUDIO ATT ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

AV DV OUT ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

RETURN


battery


battery

DISPLAYS ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

6 SEC. DATE *1 ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

DATA CODE *2 DATE/TIME DATE/TIME Lithium

CAMERA DATA battery

CAM. & D/T

D/TIME SEL *2 DATE DATE & TIME Lithium

TIME battery

DATE & TIME

CUSTOM KEY ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

AUDIO LEVEL ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

RETURN


battery

OFF


OFF battery

7-5-2 VCR mode


1-46

SYSTEM BEEP ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

T. ZONE/DST LONDON PARIS Lithium

LONDON battery

PARISPARIS

• • • •CAIROMOSCOW

DUBAIKARACHIDACCA

BANGKOKH.KONGTOKYO

SYDNEYSOLOMONWELLGTN

SAMOAHONOLU.ANCHOR

L.A.DENVERCHICAGON.Y.

CARACASRIOFERNAN.

• • • •AZORES

AZORES

D/TIME SEL *2 Lithium

battery

RETURN

CUSTOM KEY CUSTOM KEY TV SCREEN TV SCREEN Lithium

MIC battery

MIC ATT

AUDIO ATT

AUDIO LEVEL

(No display)

RETURN



*1: Except for the menu screens, the regular screens do not show indicators for the LCD bright, 6 sec. Date,

Output CH, or Beep.

*2: Except for the menu screens, this is shown on the regular screen only when the Data Code is set to ON.


1-47

7-5-3 Card/Camera mode



CAM. SET UP IMAGE S. ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

AE SHIFT + 2. 0 ± 0. 0 Lithium

batter

± 0. 0

- 2. 0

ZEBRA ON OFF Lithium

OFF battery

ZEBRA LEVEL 80 90 Lithium

85 battery

90

95

100

ZOOM GRIP VARIABLE VARIABLE Lithium

LOW battery

MEDIUM

FAST

ZOOM HANDLE LOW MEDIUM Lithium

MEDIUM battery

FAST

SELF-TIMER ON OFF Reset by tuming power

OFF on

RETURN

CSSTM PRESET COLOR GAIN Lithiumbattery

COLOR PHASE Lithiumbattery

SHARPNESS Lithiumbattery

SETUP LEVEL Lithiumbattery

RETURN

CARD SET UP QUALITY FINE FINE Lithium

STANDARD batteryIMAGES RES. *1 1488 × 1128 1488 × 1128 Lithium

640 × 480 batteryFILE NOS. *1 PRSET CONTINUOS Lithium

CONTINUOS batterySHTR SOUND ON ON Lithium

OFF battery RETURN


1-48




battery


battery

LCD MIRROR *1 ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

TV SCREEN ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

GUIDE INFO *1 OFF OFF Lithium

CUSTOM KEY battery

D/T DISPLAY


OFF battery

DEMO MODE ON ON Lithium

OFF battery

RETURN


battery

OFF

BEEP *1 ON ON Lithium

OFF battery


1-49



SISTEM T. ZONE/DST *2 LONDON PARIS Lithium

LONDON battery

PARISPARIS


DUBAIKARACHIDACCA

BANGKOKH.KONGTOKYO


SAMOAHONOLU.ANCHOR.

L.A.DENVERCHICAGO

N.Y.CARACASRIO

FERNAN.• • • •AZORES

AZORES


battery

RETURN

CUSTOM KEY CUSTOM KEY ZEBRA ZEBRA Lithium

TV SCREEN battery

ZOOM GRIP

ZOOM HANDLE

AF SHIFT

IMAGE S.

(No display)

RETURN

*1: Except for the menu screens, the regular screens do not show indicators for the Beep, LCD bright, Mirror,

Date and Time display, File No., and Shutter Sound.

*2: Except for the menu screens, this is shown on the regular screen for only four seconds after the power is

turned on and after exiting the menu. However, this is displayed only when the date and time setting is turned

off. Also, OFF ( ) in the remote control code is constantly displayed.


1-50

7-5-4 Card Playback mode



CARD SET UP COPY CANCEL CANCEL Lithium

(Single screen) [ ] EXECUTE battery

PRINT MARK PRINT MARK Go to Erase All screen

IMAGE ERASE CANCEL CANCEL Lithium

SINGLE battery

ALL

PROTECT Go to Title Protect screen

TITLE ERASE Go to Title Erase screen

FORMAT CANCEL CANCEL Lithium

EXECUTE battery

RETURN

VCR SET UP REC MODE SP SP Lithium

LP battery

RETURN


battery


battery

DISPLAY ON ON Lithium

OFF <PLAYBK> battery

D/TIME SEL *2 DATE DATE & TIME Lithium

TIME battery

DATE & TIME

CUSTOM KEY ON ON Lithium

OFF <PLAYBK> battery


OFF battery

RETURN


battery

OFF


OFF battery

BEEP *1 ON ON Lithium

OFF battery


1-51



*1: Except for the menu screens, the regular screens do not show indicators for the LCD bright, Output CH, or

Beep.

*2: Except for the menu screens, this is shown on the regular screen only when the Data Code is set to ON.

However, this is displayed only when the date and time setting is turned off. Also, OFF ( ) in the remote

control code is constantly displayed.

SYSTEM T. ZONE/DST *2 LONDON PARIS Lithium

LONDON battery

PARISPARIS


DUBAIKARACHIDACCA

BANGKOKH.KONGTOKYO


SAMOAHONOLU.ANCHOR.

L.A.DENVERCHICAGO

N.Y.CARACASRIO

FERNAN.• • • •AZORES

AZORES


battery

RETURN

CUSTOM KEY CUSTOM KEY TV SCREEN TV SCREEN Lithium

(No display) battery

RETURN

RETURN


1-52

7-6 Card-related screen displays7-6-1 Card image check screen


Card image check screen

Image protect set/clear screen

Image erase screens


Slide show screen

7-6-2 Side show screen


1-53

7-6-4 Image Protect screen


Image protect screen

7-6-5 Print mark screen


Print mark screen


Index screen

7-6-3 Index screen


1-54


Copy ( ) selection screen

Copy ( ) execute screen

All print marks are eraesd

7-6-6 Card execution/Copy screen


Image erase selection screen

Erasing one image

7-6-7 Card execution/Image erase screen


1-55


Warning: Erasing in progress

Erasing all images


Format screen

Format execution confirmation screen

Format execution screen

7-6-8 Format screen


1-56


Title mix selection screen

Title image selection screen

Title image creation standby screen

Title image creation screen

Create Title image:

Color selection screen

Create Title image:

Mix level selection screen

7-6-9 Title mix selection screen


1-57

7-6-10 Title mix screen


Title mix screen

7-6-11 Title erase screen


Title erase screen

7-6-12 Title erase screen


Title erase screen

7-6-13 Title protect screen


Title protect screen


1-58

7-7 Bitmap display

1. Animation at power ON Displayed only at power ON

K K K K × Kfrom power OFF state (not

displayed when modes are

changed).

2. When cassette is inserted

— — K — K × Tape stopped

3. When tape is driven Forward driving: The reel is

(fast-forward/rewind) wound clockwise, and light

— — K — K ×moves from left to right.

Reverse driving: The reel is

wound counterclockwise, and

light moves from right to left.

4. During card reading Linked with card reading

display by character generator.

K K × K K K Not displayed during slides, or

during frame movement on in

dex screen.

5. During card writing

Always displayed during cardK K — K K K

writing.

5a.EVF and EE OUT in mirror

shooting mode for card recording The word “[CARD]”

× K × × K K disappears in mirror shooting

mirror mode.

5b.LCD monitor in mirror shooting The word “[CARD]”

mirror mode for card recording disappears from the LCD

× K × × — Kmonitor in mirror shooting

mirror mode, and a card

cutout area appears in the

upper left.

6. During card formatting

— — — K K ×Always displayed during card

formatting.

7. When an image is erased

— K — K K ×Always displayed when an

image is erased.

8. Power OFF warning Displayed starting 20 seconds

K — — — × × before the 5-minute timer

expires.

Modes which appear Link to MenuBitmap Tape Card Tape Card on-screen ON/OFF Remarks

shooting recording playback Playback setting


1-59

Modes which appear Link to MenuBitmap Tape Card Tape Card on-screen ON/OFF Remarks

shooting recording playback Playback setting

9. USB connection with PC

— — — — — × Always displayed in PC mode.

10a. Recording level is set to AUTO

K — K — × KNot displayed during blue

background

10b. Recording level at EVF duringLR indicator is turned off. In

mirror shooting mode recordingthe LCD monitor, the left and

is set to AUTO K — K — K Kright sides are displayed in

reverse.

10c. Recording level is set to

MANUALNot displayed during blue

K — K — K Kbackground

10d. Recording level at EVF duringLR indicator is turned off. In

mirror shootingmode recordingthe LCD monitor, the left and

is set to MANUAL K — K —right sides are displayed in

reverse.

11. 16:9 marker

K — — — K KDisplayed under the level

meter


1-60

7-8 Warning displays

• When copy-protected tape is played.

• When the power is turned on without setting the area and/or time and date.

• When copy protection information is detected during DV input or LINE input, or when the signal output from the television or VCR is garbled during analog input.

• When a cassette is inserted while there is a mechanical error or condensation in the unit.

• When "REC" is pressed in a mode that allows transition to REC, without a connection to DV input, or in a condition where the connected DV input cannot be recognized.

• When the battery power is low.

• When condensation is detected (if a cassette is inserted, a "REMOVE THE CASSETTE" message appears).

• When "REC" is pressed in a mode that allows transition to REC in VCR mode, if the cassette is set for erasure prevention. In Camera mode, when the power is turned ON, when the "Start/Stop" button is pressed, and when a cassette is inserted, if the cassette is set for erasure prevention.

• When the tape end is detected, or when a key (FF, PLAY, etc.) which drives the tape forward is pressed in a mode that allows transition to forward driving during the detection process.

• When the Audio Dubbing or AV Insert button is pressed at a tape position recorded in LP; or when LP mode is detected during audio dubbing or AV Insert.

• When the Audio Dubbing button is pressed at a tape position with 16-bit or 4-channel simultaneous recording; or when 16-bit mode or 4-channel simultaneous recording mode is detected during audio dubbing.

• When a blank tape area is detected during audio dubbing or AV Insert.

• When clogging is detected in the heads during continuous shooting switch mode.

• When a card error occurs and data cannot be recorded on the card.

• When the card is full.


1-61

• When an attempt is made to play an image in an unplayable format, an incompatible JPEG image, or an image with corrupt data.

• When an attempt is made to create a directory with the same name as an existing directory; or when the maximum number of file numbers and directory numbers are created.

• When there are too many print marks (51 or more), or when a mark file cannot be edited.

• When there are no images to be played in the card.

• When there is no card in the camcorder socket.

• When an attempt is made to record on an SD card set for erasure prevention, in a mode that allows card recording (VCR mode, Card Recording mode).

A warning (warning text) is displayed for approx. four seconds in the center of the screen when an abnormality, etc. occurs.

**

** While the warning (warning text) is displayed, only actions enabling a mode transition are accepted. The warning display disappears simultaneous with the acceptance of such an action.

• When the card cover is opend.


1-62

7-9 LCD indicators

Level meter

During Camera mode and Line Input mode: Displayed when the REC LEVEL switch is set to MANU.

ST-1 During Camera mode: Displayed when set to 12-bit mode.

During VCR mode: Displayed during actual playback when Audio Monitor Select is not set to ST-2, except

when nothing is recorded on the tape or a 16-bit recording is being used.

DV IN mode: Displayed if ST-1 is selected in the display indicator when a 12-bit output signal is used at the

master side.

(Left side) Displayed when the camera is in playback status in VCR mode and ST-1 is displayed. It is also displayed

during 16-bit playback.

ST-2 During VCR mode: Displayed during actual playback when Audio Monitor Select is not set to ST-1, except

when nothing is recorded on the tape or a 16-bit recording is being used.

DV IN mode: Displayed if ST-2 is selected in Audio Monitor Select when a 12-bit output signal is used at the

master side.

(Right side) Displayed when the camera is in playback status in VCR mode and ST-2 is displayed.

During VCR mode: Displayed during actual playback when Audio Monitor Select is set to MIX, except when

nothing is recorded on the tape or a 16-bit recording is being used.

DV IN mode: Displayed if MIX is selected in Audio Monitor Select when a 12-bit output signal is used at the

master side.

Both the right and left sides are 24-segment level indicators with peak hold. The peak hold function displays

the peak segment for one second after the peak is updated.


1-63

8. Backing up various data

8-1 Active memory (EEPROM, mechanical)• Focus position (when AF is off)

• Zoom position

• Custom button settings

• User preset data

8-2 Backup by main power supplyThe condensation timer is backed up by the main power supply alone.

8-3 Backup by main power supply or backup power supply (lithium button primary battery)The table below lists the item (excluding menu items) backed up by the main power supply or backup power

supply (lithium button primary battery).

8-4 Backup conditions related to switching actions8-4-1 Turning off the power (Camera mode)

When Camera mode is in “Program AE” mode.

In Easy Recording mode, after the power is turned on, the specifications are the same as in 9-4-2

(Switching to “Easy Recording”).

Item Default Remarks

Digital zoom position Optical tele end

WB data (SET)

Time and date settings (auto date) 2002. 1.1 12:00 AM

Menu cursor position Very top

Time code - - - -

Mix balance Center

Headphone volume Center

Speaker volume Center

Mechanical errors - - - - Reset when main power supply is disconnected.

Item Power switch OFF, VCR

Camera (tape/card) mode

Program AE menu Backup

Autofocus ON/OFF Reset (set to AF)

AE lock ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF)

Digital effects ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF)

Headphone volume * CAM K

On-screen ON/OFF K

Zero Set Memory counter value * CAM K

Camera (tape/card) menu item setting

Digital effects selection Backup *Independent

Fader * CAM Backup *Independent

Effects Backup *Independent

Shutter speed

Digital zoom Backup

Image stabilizer Backup

16:9 Backup


1-64

Item Power switch OFF, VCR

White balance Backup

Remote control code Backup

Record mode * CAM Backup

Confirmation beep Backup

Microphone characteristics Backup

Audio mode * CAM * SD Backup

LCD brightness adjustment Backup

Mirror shooting Backup

Time and date display Backup

Area/daylight saving time Backup

Time and date Backup

Image quality * CD Backup

Number reset * CD Backup

Shutter sound * CD Backup

ND filter ON/OFF Reset (Set to OFF)

Custom preset ON/OFF Backup

F value set in Av mode Reset

Shutter speed set in Tv mode Reset

F value, shutter speed, and gain set in manual mode Reset

WB data (when set) Backup

Digital zoom position Backup

Camera menu item settings

AE shift Backup

Movie mode Backup

16 : 9 Backup

Digital zoom magnification Backup

image stabilizer Backup

Zebra pattern Backup

Zebra pattern level Backup

Grip zoom speed Backup

Handle zoom speed Backup

Card size Backup

Clear scan frequency Backup

Custom preset : Color gain Backup

Hue Backup

Sharpness Backup

Setup level Backup

Interval timer setting Reset (Set to OFF)

Interval time Backup

Interval recording time Backup

Viewfinder color adjustment Backup

16 : 9 marker Backup

Guide display Backup

Tally lamp Backup

Standby Backup

Displayed text recording Backup

Time and date setting Backup

* CAM: Camera mode only *CD: Card/Camera (Card Recording) mode only

* Independent: Independent backup for Card Recording mode, Camera mode, and VCR mode


1-65

Item Power switch OFF

VCR mode

Headphone volume Backup

Speaker volume Backup

On-screen ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF)

Zero Set Memory counter value Backup

Data code display ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF)

Audio 12-bit output selection Reset (set to “Stereo 1”)

Mix balance setting Backup

Photo Search/Date Search/Index search for search selection Reset (changes to “Photo Search”)

VCR menu item settings

D. Effects selection Backup *Independent

D. Fader *CAM Backup *Independent

D. Effects Backup *Independent


Recording mode setting Backup

Data code setting Backup

Time and date selection setting Backup


Text display during playback ON/OFF Backup

Date auto-display ON/OFF Backup

Bilingual Reset (set to “Main + Sub”)

Audio dubbing input Backup

Microphone characteristics Backup

Audio mode Backup


Image quality Backup

Number reset Backup

Item Power switch OFF

Card Playback mode

On screen ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF)

Data code display ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF)

Card Playback menu items


Recording mode Backup

Data code Backup

Time and date selection Backup


Text display during playback ON/OFF Backup

Date auto-display ON/OFF Backup


Switching the power switch to a different position (VCR mode)

8-4-2 Switching Program AE modes


1-66

Switching Camera modes/switching Program AE modes

Items Switched to Program AE is selected exceptEasy Recording when in Easy Recording mode

Camera (Tape/Card) mode

F value set in Av mode Backup (Note 1) Backup (Note 1)

Shutter speed set in Tv mode Backup (Note 2) Backup (Note 2)

F value, shutter speed, and gain set in manual mode Backup (Note 3) Backup (Note 3)

Auto focus ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF) Backup

AE lock ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF) Reset

Digital effects options Reset Backup

Digital effects ON/OFF Reset Backup

Optical zoom position Depends on lens Depends on lens

Digital zoom position Backup Backup

White balance (AWB in Easy Recording mode) Backup (Returns to original

setting when Program AE is setBackup

to something other than Easy

Recording mode)

Custom preset number (Display is off in Easy Backup (Returns to original

Recording mode) setting when Program AE is setBackup


Recording mode)

Custom preset number ON/OFF(OFF in Easy Backup (Returns to original

Recording mode) setting when Program AE is setBackup

to something other Easy

Recording mode)

Self timer ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF) Reset (set to OFF)

Interval timer ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF) Reset (set to OFF)

On-screen ON/OFF Backup Backup

Information display in EVF Reset (set to normal display) Reset (set to normal display)

LCD backlight ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF) Reset (set to OFF)

Zero Set Memory counter value Backup Backup

Camera menu item settings

Movie mode Backup Backup

16:9 (OFF in Easy Recording mode) Backup (Returns to original

setting when Program AE is setBackup


Recording mode)

Zebra pattern ON/OFF Reset (set to OFF) Reset (set to OFF)

Zebra pattern level Backup Backup

Grip zoom speed Backup Backup

Handle zoom speed Backup Backup

Clear scan Backup Backup

(Only Tv mode and Manual mode are enabled)

Recording mode Backup Backup

Audio mode Backup Backup

Interval timer setting Reset (set to OFF) Reset (set to OFF)

Interval time Backup Backup

Interval recording time Backup Backup


1-67

Items Switched to Program AE is selected exceptEasy Recording when in Easy Recording mode

Viewfinder color adjustment Backup Backup

16:9 marker Backup Backup

Guide display Backup Backup

Tally lamp Backup Backup

Standby Backup Backup

Displayed text recording Backup Backup

Time and date setting Backup Backup

Area/daylight saving time Backup Backup

Time and date setting Backup Backup

(Note 1) Once the F value is set in Av mode, it will be reset if a button for controlling the exposure (such as AE shift or AE lock ON)

is later set in Av mode or other Program AE mode.

(Note 2) Once the shutter speed in set in Tv mode, it will be reset if a button for controlling the exposure (such as AE shift or AE

lock ON) is later set in Tv mode or other Program AE mode.

(Note 3) Once the F value or shutter speed is set in Manual mode, it will be reset if a button for controlling the exposure (such as AE

shift or AE lock ON) is later set in Manual mode or other Program AE mode.


1-68

9. Other features9-1 Enabled and disabled settings in Program AE mode and Camera mode

ItemEasy

Auto Tv mode Av mode Manual Spotlight Surf and EXP lockRecording mode mode mode snow ON

mode

AE shift Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled

(Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1)

Movie mode Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

(Note 2)

16:9 Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

(Note 3)

Digital zoom Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

magnification (Note 11)

Image stabilizer Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

(Note 4)

Zebra pattern Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Zebra pattern level Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Grip zoom speed Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Handle zoom speed Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Clear scan frequency Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled

selection (Note 9) (Note 10)

Card size Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Clear scan execution Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled

Color gain Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

(Note 5)

Color adjustment Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

(Note 6)

Sharpness adjustment Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

(Note 7)

Setup level Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

(Note 8)

(Note 1) The settings cannot be changed, and the setting item becomes “---”. The operation is automatically set to “±0”.

(Note 2) The settings cannot be changed, and the setting item becomes “---”. The operation is automatically set to “Normal”.

(Note 3) The settings cannot be changed, and the setting item becomes “---”. The operation is automatically set to “OFF”.

(Note 4) The settings cannot be changed, and the setting item becomes “---”. The operation is automatically set to “ON”.

(Note 5) The settings cannot be changed, and the setting item becomes “---”. The operation is automatically set to

“Default value”.







(Note 9) The frequency can only be selected when clear scan is executed in Tv mode.

(Note 10) The frequency can only be selected when clear scan is executed in Manual mode.

(Note 11) The settings cannot be changed, and the setting item becomes “---”. The operation is automatically set to “OFF”.


1-69

ItemEasy

Auto Tv mode Av mode Manual Spotlight Surf and AE lockRecording mode mode mode snow ON

mode

Standby button Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Start/Stop button Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Photo button Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Green/P. AE Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

(Note 1)

Tape/Card Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Menu button Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Exposure button AE lock Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Enabled –

Exposure button Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled

Exposure control (Note 2)

parameter selector

Exposure dial aperture Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled

Exposure dial shutter Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled

Exposure dial gain Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled

White balance select Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

button

White balance set button Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Digital effects select

button/Digital effects

ON/OFF button

Color bar Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Other Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Grip zoom button Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Handle zoom button Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Focus A/M button Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

(Note 3)

Focus ring Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

(Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4)

Custom preset execution Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

button

ND filter ON/OFF button Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled

Custom preset execution Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

button

Custom key button Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Hold lever Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

9-1-1 Enabled and disabled settings in Program AE mode and Switches on camera

(Note 1) The parameter is automatically set to Easy Recording mode.

(Note 2) The available exposure control parameters are aperture, shutter, and gain.

(Note 3) AF mode is automatically selected.

(Note 4) Enabled only when Focus mode is set to Easy Recording Manual Focus mode


1-70

ItemEasy

Auto Tv mode Av mode Manual Spotlight Sand andRecording mode mode mode snow

mode

Manual focus ring Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Zoom ring Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Image stabilization Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

ON/OFF switch (Note 1)

ND filter ON/OFF switch Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

Focus mode selector Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

switch (Note 2)

9-2 Enabled and disabled settings in Program AE and Switches

9-3 System data displays

Camera mode VCR mode

Camera screen REC search DIF input Blue background PB (includingSuperb Playback)

Data code × LANC is output × LANC is output × --- × --- K

(timestamp)

Data code × × × F--- etc. × F--- etc. K

(camera data)

Time code K K K Main unit K K

Audio mode K 4-second × K DIF side × K

(12/16 bit) display

Wide/Normal K Setting display × K DIF side × K

CGMS × K K DIF side × K

(warning)

SP/LP K Setting display K K Setting display K Setting display K

* The time code display reads “-.--:--:--” when no tape is inserted or when the camcorder is at an unrecorded tape position.

* CGMS: If the data is copy-protected, it is not output to LINE OUT or the CVF (panel).

9-4 EVF displayIn the CVF display, the toggle action is used to select from these options described below.

1. Normal display2. Recording speed, operation mode, time code counter, and emergency indicator only3. No display

The following options are available when clock indicator is selected using guide display in the displaysettings menu

1. Normal display2. Recording speed, operation mode, time code counter, emergency indicator, and clock indicator3. Clock indicator4. No display

The default is displayed normally.The onscreen output for line output is also identical.Operation is enabled for Camera mode only.The indicators are displayed even if No display is selected for the menu display or full-screen warningdisplay.

The settings return to their defaults when the power is turned off or when standby is turned off.


1-71

9-5 Support for analog signal I/O copyright protection signals(1) Detection of copyright protection signals added to input signals

• Detected copyright protection signals: Pseudo-synch pulses and CGMSA (Copy Generation Management

System for analog) signals

• Signal detection time: 20 seconds maximum

(2) Copyright protection signals added to output signals

• Macrovision (pseudo-synch pulses): Not added

• CGMSA signals: Not added

9-6 Video ID1 detection/output support(1) S1 signal output (NTSC and PAL models)

When a Full mode (squeezed) video signal, consisting of 16:9 video compressed to 4:3, is output from the

Sterminal, an S1-compatible wide monitor will detect an identification signal for automatically restoring the 16:9

video (e.g., during playback of a tape recorded in Camera 16:9 mode or a tape containing system data related to

the aspect ratio).

• NTSC → 16:9 Full mode + 4:3 Letter Box mode identification signal output

• PAL → 16:9 Full mode identification signal output

(2) Video ID1/WSS output (video ID is for NTSC models only; WSS* is for PAL models only)

• When a Full mode (squeezed) video signal, consisting of 16:9 video compressed to 4:3, is output from the

composite video terminal or S terminal, a video ID1/WSS-compatible wide monitor will detect an identification

signal for automatically restoring the 16:9 video (e.g., during playback of a tape recorded in Camera 16:9 mode or

a tape containing system data related to the aspect ratio).WSS : Wide Scree Signaling

(3) Detection of S1 signal or video WSS during line input (ID1 is for NTSC models only; WSS is for PAL

models only)

• A video ID1/S1 or WSS signal multiplexed onto a video signal input from the composite video terminal or

S terminal is detected, and system data relating to aspect ratio information is recorded.

9-7 Closed caption detection and output(1) Closed caption signal output (NTSC models only)

• When a tape containing closed caption information is played, the closed caption signal is multiplexed onto the

video signal and output.

• Subtitles are displayed on screen by monitors containing a closed caption decoder.

(2) Closed caption signal detection (NTSC models only)

• During recording with analog or digital line input, closed caption information is detected from the input signal

and recorded.


1-72

9-8 Custom keysFrequently-used functions can be assigned to a custom key (special button) which is different for each mode.

The following function can be assigned to the custom key.

Camera mode Camera/Card mode VCR mode Card playback mode

Index recording* Zebra pattern On screen On screen

Zebra pattern On screen Microphone (No display)

VCR stop* Grip zoom speed Microphone ATT

On screen Handle zoom speed Audio input ATT

Microphone Level meter Level meter

Microphone ATT AE shift (No display)

Grip zoom speed Image stabilizer

Handle zoom speed (No display)

Level meter

AE shift

Image stabilizer

(No display)

* : These functions can be used with the custom key only.

9-9 Custom presets 1. Setting

In Camera mode, Custom Preset can be selected in the menu for

changing any of the parameters.

2. Selection and execution

Selection procedure

Press the Custom Preset button (C. Preset). The display in EVF is

toggled from CP to No display.

Execution procedure

Press the Custom Preset button to display CP. When the Custom Preset button is pressed during execution,

custom preset is canceled, the display in EVF is turned off, and the preset operation is not performed.

* The custom preset operation is not performed in Easy Recording mode and the display in EVF is

turned off.


1-73

9-10 DV control1. Operation

If “DV Control ON” is selected in the menu settings, record and record pause control of the DV connected

device is performed using CTS command of the DV input/output by using the camera Start/Stop button

(including remote control, LANC) when in Camera mode only.

a. When the camera is in record ready status, shifting the camera to REC will output a REC

command and shifting the camera to PAUSE will output a PAUSE command.

b. If the camera is in a status not allowing recording, pressing the Start/Stop button

outputs a PAUSE command if the DV connected device operation mode is in recording status

and outputs a REC command if the operation mode is recording stop.

Press the Start/Stop button

DV connected deviceoperation mode

commandcommand

This productoperation mode

Press the Start/Stop button



command command

c. Others



Cassette inPress the Start/Stop button

command


1-74

2. Menu settings

The settings for the menu during Camera mode are made using “System Settings” DV control.

Regular operation is performed when DV control is set to OFF.

When DV control is set to ON, the above-described DV control operation is performed. The CTS command is

not accepted when DV control is set to ON. The default setting is OFF, and the status is backed up using the

lithium button battery.

3. Display

The indicators shown below are displayed at the bottom right of the screen when DV control is set to ON.

[REC]: When the DV connected device is recording

[STOP]: When the DV connected device is stopped or record paused

[ — — — ]: When the DV connected device is performing an operation other than stop, record pause, or record,

or connected to a device that cannot send commands

(DV IF only flashes): When there is no DV connection

Commands are not output if the DV connected device operation mode is a mode other than PAUSE, STOP,

or REC (such as PLAY or FF).



Tape end delection

CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

CONTENTS

1. Functions of P.C.B. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-1

2. Power Supply Circuit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-3

2-1 Starting of Power Supply ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-3

2-2 Power Fuses --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-4

2-3 Power Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-5

3. Signal Processing Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-6

3-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-6

3-2 Signal Processing in Camera Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-7

3-3 Recorder Signal Processing --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-9

3-4 Audio Signal Flow ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-10

4. System Control, Servo -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-11

4-1 Outline of System Control, Servo ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-11

4-2 Major Functions of Each Microcomputer --------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-12

4-3 Servo Control ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-12

4-4 Personal Computer Connection Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-13

4-5 Error Detection ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-14

4-5-1 Error Detecting Conditions ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-14

4-5-2 Processing after Error Detection ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-14

4-6 IC Terminal Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-15

4-6-1 MAIN MI-COM (IC1054) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-15

4-6-2 FR MI-COM (IC2301) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-20

4-6-3 MODE MI-COM (IC104) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-22

DM-XM2 ECHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-1

1. Functions of P.C.B.(1) MAIN P.C.B.

System-control section• IC100 E3V REG & RESET : E3V regulator, MODE MI-COM resetting• IC101 EEPROM : EEPROM for recorder section data• IC102 LANC INTERFACE : LANC interface• IC103 RESET : MODE MI-COM power switchover• IC104 MODE MI-COM : System control• IC301 MOTOR DRIVE : Drum, capstan, and loading motor driver• IC302 5.6V REGULATOR : 5.6V regulator for motor driver Camera section

Camera section• IC1001 2.2V REGULATOR : 2.2 V regulator for camera DSP• IC1002 3.5V REGULATOR : 3.5 V regulator for camera DSP• IC1004 DSP : Camera digital signal processing IC• IC1052 EEPROM : EEPROM for camera section data• IC1054 CAMERA MI-COM : Camera control• IC1055 RESET : DSP IC resetting• IC1202 D/A CONVERTER : D/A converter for camera adjustment• IC1204 MOTOR DRIVER : AF and zoom motor drive IC• IC1261 AF IC : Signal processing for AF control• IC1301 I/F : Interface with recorder signal processing circuit

Video section• IC2000 VRP2 : Record/play head amplifier• IC2100 VIF2 : Analog video input/output signal processing• IC2300 FLASH : FR MI-COM memory• IC2301 VIC3 : Digital VCR signal processing LSI, IEEE1394 interface

FRMI-COM (mechanism, video/audio control)• IC2303 SDRAM : VIC3 memory (64M)• IC2601 CHARACTER GENERATOR : Character generator for CVF/LCD panel display• IC2903 2.8V REGULATOR : 2.8V regulator

Audio section• IC705 MIC AMP IC : Microphone amplifier• IC801 AUDIO ITERFACE : Analog input/output signal processing• IC802 A/D, D/A : A/D and D/A conversion of audio signal• IC803 SP DRIVER : Speaker amplifier• IC804 5V REGULATOR : 5 V Regulator• IC805 4V REGULATOR : 4V regulator (for speaker amplifier)

USB section• IC3500 USB CONTROLER : USB interface• IC3501 SWITCH : Card mode ↔ USB mode changeover switch

Card section• IC4000 DT4 : Card control and signal processing• IC4001 SD I/F : IC for interface with memory card• IC4002 FLASH : Memory for firmware• IC4003 SDRAM : Card signal processing memory (64M)• IC4004 2.5 V REGULATOR : 2.5 V regulator

CVF section• IC1501 EVF DRIVER : EVF LCD (CVF) drive• IC1502 SWITCH : LCD panel display character mixing switch

PM section• IC3201 DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL : Power PWM regulator controller• IC3202 4.7V REGULATOR : 4.7V regulator


2-2

(2) CA P.C.B.

Camera section• IC1004 TIMING GENERATOR : CCD drive timing generator

• IC1054 CDS/AGC/AD : CCD output signal sampling, AGC, A/D converter

• IC1001 V DRIVER : CCD drive (V)• IC1003 H DRIVER : CCD drive (H)

• IC1006 3.5V REGULATOR : 3.5V regulator

• IC1057 2.8V REGULATOR : 2.8V regulator

(3) C DIAL P.C.B.

The exposure switch is installed.

(4) MJ P.C.B.

The external microphone jack, microphone DC terminal and headphones jack are installed.

(5) CARD P.C.B.

The memory card slot. The memory card slot lid open/close detector switch is installed.

(6) LCD P.C.B.

• IC901 EEPROM : LCD section data EEPROM• IC902 LCD DRIVE : LCD signal processing, drive

• IC903 DA CONVERTER : LCD control signal D/A converter

• IC4201 DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL : Back-light drive

(7) CVF P.C.B.

Signal transfer from MAIN P.C.B. to CVF-LCD, back-light LED turn-on

(8) RKEY P.C.B.

Switches of the recorder system are installed.

(9) CKEY1 P.C.B.

Switches of the camera system and the audio LCD are installed.

(10) CKEY2 P.C.B.

Switches of the camera system and the lithium battery terminal are installed.

(11) CKEY3 P.C.B.

Switches of the audio record level, that of green mode, that of menu and the selector switches are installed.

(12) Lens P.C.B.

The relay board for various signals.

(13) LCD-SW2 P.C.B.

LCD panel open/close detector switch

(14) GY P.C.B.

• IC1601 P SENSOR GYRO : Pitch direction angular velocity detection

• IC1602 Y SENSOR GYRO : YAW direction angular velocity detection


2-3

2. Power Supply circuit

2-1 Startup of Power Supply

3 7

27

28

33

34

60

61

8

4

6

5

107

114

52

DET

RESET

SW

SW

POWER SW

E3V

Q101

E3V or LI3V

E3V DET

VCC

CN100

CN3

CN1

VTR CAMERALITHIUM BATTERY

EJECTSW

VTR POWER SW

VTR ON

PM SECTION

CAM ON

DMC-IICASSETTE IN SW

CAMERA POWER SW

EJECT SW

CASSETTEIN SW

VTR ON

CAM ON

RESET L

LI3 DET

SERIAL DATA

IC2301FR

MI-COM.(VIC3)

IC100E 3V REG.

RESETIC104

MODE MI-COM.

CN101

IC103Q100Q102Q103

UNREG

P5V

CN82

3VREG.

2.6VDET.

29

14

1

1 CN301

50

45

2,5MAIN P.C.B.

C-KEY2 P.C.B.

C-KEY1 P.C.B.

TRIGGER F.P.C.

12

14

3

4

5

Fig.2-1• Backup Lithium Battery

LI3V power from the lithium battery is input to pin 3 of the IC100, and it is output from pin 6 as power to the MODEmicrocomputer.Thus, the MODE microcomputer performs data backup and clock operation when main power supply is not con-nected.When the voltage of the lithium battery decreases below 2.6 V (or when the lithium battery is not loaded), the IC100outputs the “L” signal form pin 2. Upon receipt of this signal at the time of power-on, the MODE microcomputersends it to the FR microcomputer, which then issue a lithium battery low-level warning indication.

• Main Power SupplyMain power (POW 5V at the time of power-on, UNREG at the time of power-off) is supplied to pin 7 of IC100.Through the internal regulator in IC100, the main power thus supplied is converted to 3V power, which is output asE3V from pin 8 of IC100.Furthermore, through the internal switch, the main power is converted to LI3V, which is output from pin 6 of IC100 asa power voltage for driving the MODE MI-COM.Supplied with the main power, IC100 outputs the “L” signal from its pin 4. When the MODE MI-COM receives the“L” signal, it recognizes that the power supply is loaded. Then, the MODE MI-COM performs initialization to set upa standby state. In this state, the MODE MI-COM carries out detection of start-related switch signals. Upon detectionof these switch signals, the MODE MI-COM delivers the VCR ON (H) and CAM ON (H) signals from its pins 60 and

61. When the VCR ON (H) and CAM ON (H) signals are output, each circuit power is made active.


2-4

2-2 Power Fuses

MAIN P.C.B.

FU3203

CN3201FU3204

3V,1.7V

FU3201 CAM 3V,LCD 12V,CCD,VTR UNREG

P 5V,4.7V

FU3205SERVO

FU3206DC/DC IC

FU3207SHOE UNREG

3 BATT +

Battery power is separated into the following five power sources through the five fuses mounted on the MAIN P.C.B.(1) FU3201

• CAM 3V (Camera section)• LCD 12V (CVF/LCD section)• CCD drive power supply

CCD 15V (Camera section)CCD-7V (Camera section)

• VCR UNREG (System control-Servo section, CVF/LCD section, Audio section)(2) FU3203

• 3V circuit power sourceDVDD 3V (Camera section, System control-Servo section, Video section)AA 3V (Audio section, Video section)SDRAM 3V (Video section)HA 3V (Video sectio)LCD 3V (CVF/LCD section)CARD 3V (Card section, System control-Servo section)

• 1.7V systems power supplyCAM 1.7V (Camera section)DVDD 1.7V (Video section)

(3) FU3204• P 5V (Camera section, System control-Servo section, Audio section, CVF/LCD section)• 4.7V systems power supply

DVDD 4.7V (System control-Servo section)VIF 4.7V (Video section)HA 4.7V (Video section)

(4) FU3205• DRUM VS (System control-Servo section)• CAPSTAN VS (System control-Servo section)

(5) FU3206Power supply for DC/DC IC (IC3201)

(6) FU3207Power supply for accessory shoe

Fig. 2-2


2-5

Fig. 2-3

2-3 Power Circuit

Various power supply circuits are shown in Fig. 2-3.

ON/OFF of the various power supply circuits are controlled by the VCR ON signal and the CAM ON signal that are

output from the MODE MI-COM, and also controlled by the CCD ON signal that is output from CAMERA MI-COM.

IC3201DC/DC

CONVERTERCONTROL

REG.64

5

PWM LCD 12VQ3201Q3202Q3210

50

46

Q3204

REG. LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

4.7VREG

PWM

CONTROL

CH-1

UNREG

VTR ON

CH-1,CH-3,CH4,CH8 ON/OFF

CH-5,CH-6 ON/OFF

CH-2, ON/OFF

CH-7, ON/OFF

CAM ON

CCD ON

DVDD 1.7V

CCD 15V

DVDD 3V

AA 3V

SDRAM 3V

HA 3V

CARD 3V

LCD 3V

CAM 1.7V

56

40

Q3206

Q3215

REG.PWM

UNREG

CCD 15V

CCD -7V62

11

Q3203T3201

REG.PWM

UNREG

P 5V

DVDD 4.7V

VIF 4.7V

HA 4.7V

IC320257

37

Q3207REG.PWM

UNREG

UNREG

VTR ON

53

43

Q3205

REG. LPFPWMCH-2

CH-3

CH-4

CH-8

CH-7

UNREG

CAM 3V

28

30

29

31


2-6

Fig. 2-4

LENS

CARDP.C.B.

CAP.C.B.

LCD P.C.B.

MAIN P.C.B.

MEMORYCARD

IC1004DSP

IC1005MEGA

IC1301IF

IC4001SD I/F

IC4003SDRAM

IC3500USB

CONTROLER

IC2000VRP2

IC2303SDRAM

LCD

CVFLCD

REC/PBHEAD

IC2601CG

IC1502CGMIX

IC1501EVF

DRIVER

IC902LCD

DRIVER

IC2100VIF2AV

USBTERMINAL

DVTERMINAL

MIC

SPEAKER

IC801

AIF

IC705MICAMP

IC803SP

AMP

JACK

R-KEYP.C.B.

F.P.C.

VIDEO

AUDIO

IC4000DT4

IC3501

VIC

DIF

FRMI-COM.

IC1054CDSAGCA/D

IC1004TG IC2301

VIC3

IC802A/DD/A

C-KEY2P.C.B.

C-KEY2P.C.B.

PRISM

B-CCD

IC1003H-

DRIVER

IC1001V-

DRIVER

R-CCD

G-CCD

3. Signal Processing Circuit

3-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit

Figure 2-4 shows the entire block diagram of the signal processing circuit and the flow of video and audio signals.


2-7

3-2 Signal Processing in Camera Unit

Fig. 2-5

MEMORYCARD

IC4003SDRAM

IC4001SD I/F

IC1301I/F

TO8/IC4000

DT4

8/ Y

8/ C

IC1004DSP

8/ Y

8/ C

IC1054CDSAGCA/D

10 / G

10 / B

10 / R IC2301

VIC3

RCCD

IC1004TIMING

GENERATOR

IC1001V-DRIVER

IC1003H-DRIVER

LENS

G CCD

B CCD

CA P.C.B.

MAIN P.C.B.

<CCD>size : 1/4-inch CCD × 3 (3 CCD)

470,000 pixels (440,000 pixels effective)

Filter : RGB independent primary color filter

Method of separating colors : Prism + dichroic filter

< CCD Drive Circuit >The reason why the vertical driver pulse dedicated for the G-CCD is used, is that the electrical pixel shifting in thevertical direction requires the dedicated driver.

< CDS, ANALOG-PROCESS and A/D Circuits >Each of the R, G and B signals output from the CCDs passes through CDS (sampling),

AGC and A/D converter inside IC1054 respectively, converted to the 10-bit digital signal

and are sent to the DSP IC (IC1004).

< DSP Circuit>In the DSP IC (IC1004), the R, G and B signal converted in 10-bit digital form are subjected to Y (luminance signal)/C (R-Y, B-Y color difference signal) processing. The CCD vertical pixel shift processing is performed in this camcorder

as aforementioned, thereby enabling swichover between normal field movie and frame movie.

For normal field movie pictures, the normal luminance signal without RGB signal shift is output as the YA signal. Forframe movie pictures, there is a vertical-direction 1/2-line shift between the G signal and the R/B signal received from

the CCDs due to vertical pixel shift processing. Subjected to matrix calculation processing in the DSP IC, the lumi-

nance signal is taken out with two field pictures YA and YB in a cycle of 1/60 second. Then, the YA and YB signalsare recorded in using the internal field memory.

Each Y/C output signal from the DSP IC is sent to the next-stage DT4 (IC4000) through the 8-bit parallel signal line.


2-8

< Interface Circuit>

The Y/C signal output from the DSP IC cannot be input intactly to the VIC of the recorder circuit. Therefore, in the I/

F IC (IC 1107), the received Y/C parallel signal is converted into 27MHz 8-bit serial data, which is then output to the

recorder section.

< Still Picture Processing Circuit >

In the card mode, the JPEG compression/decompression and the card mix processing are performed in IC4000 (DT4).

In the tape mode, the Y/C parallel signal passes through IC4000 (DT4) but this correction is not applied to the signal.


2-9

3-3 Recorder Signal Processing

Fig. 2-6

AV JACKS TERMINAL

CVFLCD

LCD

IC1301I/F

VIDEOINTERFACE

R,G,B

D/A A/D

IC2303SDRAM

REC/PBPROCESS

IC2100VIF2

ECCCOMPRESSION/DEMOD.

BUS

IC2301VIC3

VIC BLOCK DIF BLOCK

MI-COM. BLOCK

SDRAMINTERFACE

DIFINTERFACE

FR MI-COM.

AUDIO INTERFACE

IC2000VRP2

DV TERMINAL

AVJACK

IC801AIF

VIDEOHEAD

< VIC3 > IC2301

• The video data and signals input to VIC3 are subjected to digital VCR format signal processing. Audio data,

subcode data and ITI data are also created at VIC3, and these signals are output to VRP2 as 41.85 Mbps data of

DV format.

• DIF : After conversion to digital data conforming to IEEE1394 standard, the data is output at DV terminal.

At digital input, the data enters VIC3 signal processing circuit via the opposite route.

< VRP2 > IC2000

Recording data of 41.85 Mbps output from VIC3 is amplified at VRP2, and is recorded on magnetic tape while

undergoing head switching of CH-1, CH-2 with a switching pulse. At playback, the head output signal is amplified

and sent to VIC3.

< VIF2 > IC2100

Y and C signals sent from VIC3 are output as Y, C signals for S terminal and composite video.

At line input, input signals undergo level adjustment, sync signal separation and are output to VIC3.


2-10

3-4 Audio Signal Flow

Fig. 2-7

IC2301VIC3

IC2000VRP2

SPEAKER

64fs

+

-

L

R

IC703

IC702

IC704

EXTMIC

L

R

R

L

L

R

LPFAMP

AMP

INT,MIC UNIT

AMP

AMP

AMP

AMP

AMP

REC/PB

HEAD

IC802A/DD/A

IC705MICAMP

IC803SPEAKER

AMP

IC801AIF

L2

R2

R1

L1

HEADPHONE

L

R

AVJACK

L

R

< MIC AMP (IC705) >

It performs signal amplification and wind-cut processing.

< AIF ( IC801)>

This is the audio analog signal processing IC. It performs ALC (Auto Level Control), fading, output to terminals and

speakers and input/output with A/D, D/A.

< A/D, DA (IC802) >

It performs analog-to-digital conversion. Sampling frequency is output from VIC3 and is Fs=32 KHz or Fs=48 KHz

depending on the audio mode.


2-11

4. System Control, Servo

4-1 Outline of System Control, Servo

Figure 2-8 shows the overall configuration of the system control & servo circuit, plus the flow of data. System control

is mainly performed by the MAIN MI-COM (IC103) on MAIN P.C.B.

DMC II

CA P.C.B.

MAINP.C.B.

LCD P.C.B.

TRIGGERF.P.C.

C-KEY2P.C.B.

C-KEY1 P.C.B.

PT F.P.C

JACK F.P.CR-KEY F.P.C

HEAD

REMOTECONTROL

SIGNALRECEIVER

M

FG/PG

DRUM

CAPSTAN

LOADING

FG

M

M

IC1004TG

IC901EEPROM

ZOOMSW

START/STOP

SWEJECT

SW

C-DIALP.C.B.

EXP. SW

POWER SWDE SWAF SWND SW

WB SW

IC902LCD

DRIVER

IC1501EVF

DRIVER

IC601CG

IC1303EEPROM

IC1261AFIC

IC1004DSP

IC1204MOTORDRIVER

IC3200DC/DC

CONVERTER

IC1054CAMERAMI-COM

IC4000DT4

IC4002FLASH

VIC

IC103MODE

MI-COM

IC2100VIF2

IC801AIF

LANCJACK

IC2000VRP2

IC2300FLASH

IC2300USB

CONTROLER

IC102LANC

I/F

MEMORYCARD

IC1054CDSAGCA/D

LENS

PWM D

PWM C

IC301MOTORDRIVERIC2301

VIC3

CAPSTAN

DRIVER

DRUM

DRIVER

MODE SWC.DOWN SW

BOT/EOTSENSOR

DEW SENSOR REEL FG

MIC

R-KEY

LOADING

DRIVER

D-VS

C-VS

DFG/PG

CFG

C-KEY3P.C.B.

MENU SWGREEN SWADIO SW

FRMI-COM

Fig. 2-8


2-12

4-2 Major Functions of Each Microcomputer

(1) FR MI-COM (VIC3)

The FR MI-COM, as the nucleus of the system, carries out control of mode transition plus mechanism control through

communi-cation with CAMERA MI-COM. It also detects of various sensors and switches (DMCII). Following are

the major functions.

• VIC (Video) VIF2 (Video Interface) control / AIF3 (Audio Interface) controls / DIF (Digital Interface) controls

• Control in accordance with IEEE1394

• DMCII mechanism control

(2) MODE MI-COM (IC103)

The MODE MI-COM is mainly in charge of the power-on sequence and charging control. Following are the major

functions.

• Key input

• LANC communication

• LCD / EVF control

• OSD (On Screen Display) control

• Remote control input

• Power ON/OFF control

• Built-in charge circuit control

• MIC (Memory In Cassette) control

(3) CAMERA MI-COM (IC1054)

Carries out lens control and camera signal processing. Following are the major functions.

• CCD drive control

• DSP IC control

• AE, AWB control

• OIS (Optical Image Stabilizer) control

• Zoom key input

(4) AF IC (IC1261)

The AF IC generates the signal for auto focus control.

(The auto focus control is performed by the CAMERA MI-COM.)

4-3 Servo Control

Servo control is carried out by the VIC3 (VIC and FR MI-COM). The FR MI-COM is used for servo control of motor

ON/OFF and rotational direction, and the VIC is used to output rotational speed and phase control signals. More

specifically in terms of signal flow, the VIC detects the FG/PG and PB-RF signals from the motor, and sends the

detected signal information to the FR MI-COM.

Then, the FR MI-COM generates an error signal to be output to the VIC. Thereafter, the VIC outputs an error signal

(PWM), which is driven on the PM section for sending a control voltage to the motor driver IC.


2-13

4-4 Personal Computer Connection Mode

Fig. 2-9

IC3501G-CCD IC1054

CDSAGCA/D

Card damera mode of signal flow

Personal computer connection modeof signal flow

IC1004 DSP

IC4000DT4

IC1301SD I/F

IC2301FR MI-COM.

(VIC3)

FLASHROM

IC3500USB

CONTROLER

MEMORYCARD

USBTERMINAL

R-CCD

B-CCD

In the card camera mode, an image signal produced in the camera section is sent to the memory card via the DT4

(IC4000), SD I/F (IC1301). In the personal computer connection mode, the USB terminal and the memory card are

connected through the USB controller (IC3500).

The FR MI-COM performs control of changeover between the card camera mode and the personal computer connec-

tion mode. The USB controller (IC3500), and IC3501 (SWITCH) are also controlled by the FR MI-COM.


2-14

Kind

Drum error

Capstan error

Reel error

Loading error

Condition

Error detecting mode

FG frequency when

steady

Error detecting level

Error detecting time


FG frequency when

steady

Error detecting level

Error detecting time


Error detection


Error detection

Starting/steady

900Hz

Starting : Beyond 80 -150%.

Steady : 30% or less.

Starting : 5 sec.

Steady : 0.5 sec.

Starting /Steady

1347Hz

Starting : 80% or less.

Steady : 100 Hz or less.

Starting : 2 sec.

Steady : 0.5 sec.

Normal /UNLOAD

Normal : C-FG Number per reel FG cycle is 2.4 × 1347

or more.

UNLOAD : Reel FG half cycle is 1 sec or more

(Take-up reel only for both)

Mode transfer

Mode transfer time

STANDBY-STOP : 6sec

STANDBY-POPUP : 3sec

STOP-PLAY : 3sec

Detection

D-FG

C-FG

T, S-REEL FG

C-FG

Mode SW

Loading During tapeCassette in Loading During loading

completed runningDuring mode

Drum error Pop up Pop up Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop

Capstan error Pop up ------- Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop

Reel error ------- ------- Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop

Loading error Pop up Pop up Error stop Error stop ------- Error stop

4-5 Error Detection

If an anomality has been occurred in any rotation drive system (drum, capstan, reel, loading), a relevant mode enters.

The LCD indicates “PLEASE UNLOAD THE CASSETTE” and blinks “EJECT”.

4-5-1 Error Detecting Conditions

The following table gives error detecting conditions.

4-5-2 Processing after Error Detection

The following table gives processing after error detection.

• Pop up : Error display→ error eject→ pop up→ error clear

• Error stop : Error display→ STOP position (not cleared unless EJECTED)


2-15

4-6 IC Terminal Functions

4-6-1 CAMERA MI-COM (IC1054)

Pin Name I/O FunctionRemarks

PG BK ADDR Data Bit

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

ZOOMT_KEY I “Zoom key (T direction) “L” 5 0 0AF5 7

ZOOMW_KEY I “Zoom key (W direction) “L” 5 0 0AF5 6

CDIAL_CW I “Dial “L” 5 0 0AF5 5

CDIAL_CCW I “Dial “L” 5 0 0AF5 4

VSS I Digital GND terminal.

NDSW_KEY I ND ON/OFF key 5 0 0AF5 3

N.C. O

N.C. O

N.C. O

CDIAL_KEY I Dial push key 5 0 0AF4 7

GAINSW_KEY I WB SET execution key 5 0 0AF4 6

N.C. O

WB_KEY I WB mode SEL key 5 0 0AF4 4

VDDH I Digital power supply terminal

AF_KEY I AF ON/OFF key 5 0 0AF4 3

N.C. O

FOCUS_KEY0 I Focus dial key 5 0 0AF4 1

FOCUS_KEY1 I Focus dial key 5 0 0AF4 0

TG_SLEEPO TG energy-saving mode control

CAMCARD_OFF2 O Energy-saving control 1

CAMCARD_OFF1 O Energy-saving control 0

VSS I Digital GND terminal

MEMO_END I

WINK_END O

THRUL O

DSP RESET O DSP MEGA IC reset

DSYCLK O System clock

DRWSEL O Read/write selector signal

DAS O Address strobe signal

VDDB I Digital power supply terminal

MAD15 I/O

MAD14 I/O

MAD13 I/O

MAD12 I/O

MAD11 I/O

MAD10 I/O

MAD9 I/O

MAD8 I/O


MAD7 I/O

MAD6 I/O

MAD5 I/O

MAD4 I/O

MAD3 I/O

MAD2 I/O

MAD1 I/O

MAD0 I/O

VDDB I Digital power supply terminal


2-16

N.C. O

RE O Memory read signal

WEH O Memory write signal

WEL O Memory write signal

PVDD I PLL power supply terminal.

PVSS I PLL GND terminal.

MMOD1 I Memory extension mode selection

MMOD0 I Memory extension mode selection

RESET I Reset input terminal

FRQS I


EXMOD1 I Memory extension mode selection

EXMOD0 I Memory extension mode selection

OSCI I

OSCO O

VDDH I Digital GND terminal.

SYSCLK O System clock output

N.C. O

C_BAR_SEL O Color bar selector

C_BAR_SW O Color bar ON/OFF switch

IFNPSW O I/F NTSC PAL selector switch

VDD I Digital power supply terminal.

IF_POC O I/F IC Power On clear

HD RST O HD reset

DA_LD O DA load

AFIC_CS O AF IC CS

AFIC_RST O AF IC reset


IRIS_CL O Iris forced close

IRIS_GAIN O Iris dump OFF signal

ND_GAIN O ND dump OFF signal

ND_DRIVE O

X_CG_CS O CG CS

VDDH I Digital power supply terminal.

X_PC_REQ O For AF signal investigation

X_PC_ACK O For AF signal investigation

X_PC_CS O For AF signal investigation

AVSS I Analog GND terminal.

— I

— I

— I

— I

— I

— I

— I

FLDET I Flicker component detection

TEMP I Temperature sensor detection

ZOOM_KEY I Zoom key

I_ENC I Iris encoder

ND_ENC I ND encoder

P_PSD I

Y-PSD I


PG BK ADDR Data Bit

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100


2-17


PG BK ADDR Data Bit

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

P_GYRO I Pitch gyro output

Y_GYRO I YAW gyro output

VREFH I A/D converter reference voltage

AVDD I Analog GND terminal

N.C. O

NMI I


N.C. O

VTOC_EN I VIC3 interrupt

MTOC_EN I MAIN MI-COM interrupt

XSG_INTI CCD read-out interrupt

AVEF_INT I Strobe interrupt

BEND_INT I DSP interrupt

V1V2_INT I DSP interrupt

VD_INT I VD interrupt

VDD I Digital GND terminal

CCC O Strobe

STON O Strobe

I_ISW O

F_RES_SW I

Z_RES_SWO I

Z_RES_SW1 I

F_PSB O

Z_PSB O


LED_RET0 O

LED_RET1 O

LED_RET2 O

CTOV_RX O

CTOV_EN O Communication request signal

NT_XPAL_SEL I EEPROM initial NTSC/PAL selection

EEP_INI I EEPROM initial request

EEP_CS O Chip select for EEPROM communication

AGCCS O AGC communication chip select

VDDH I Digital power supply terminal.

AGCRST O AGC reset

N.C. O

N.C. O

P_PWM O

Y_PWM O

VIC_FRAME O Still picture read timing control

VIC_FREEZE O Still picture read timing control

VIC_PARALLEL O Still picture read timing control

ADJ CS O ADJ CS


ADJ_REQ I VCR monitor

ADJ_SW I ADJ MODE selection

CTOM_RX O

CTOM_EN O

FLRST O Flicker component reset pulse

VDD I Digital power supply terminal

TG_CS O Chip select for TG communication


2-18

TG_NP_SW O NTSC/PAL selection

VTOC_LATCH I For data latch

DVSW_CAM O

N.C. O

N.C. O

N.C. O

N.C. O


N.C. O

N.C. O

N.C. O

N.C. O

N.C. O


N.C. O

N.C. O

N.C. O

N.C. O

N.C. O


N.C. O

N.C. O

N.C. O

STSP O

EFID O

AVEF I


CTVCR_CLK O

CTVCR_DATA O

VCRTC_DATA O

N.C. O


N.C. O


MTOC_CLK I

CTOM_DATA O

MTOC_DATA I

VTOC_CLK I

CTOV_DATA O


VTOC_DATA I

CTOE_CLK O

CTOE_DATA O

ETOC_DATA I

N.C. O


N.C. O

N.C. O

CAM_SCLK1 O

CAM_SO1 O

CAM_SI1 I

CAM_SCLK0 O


PG BK ADDR Data Bit

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

195

196

197

198

199

200

201

202

203

204


2-19


CAM_SO0 O

N.C. O

N.C. O


PG BK ADDR Data Bit

205

206

207

208


2-20

4-6-2 FR MI-COM (IC2301)

LM RST O Reset output of level meter IC 7 0 **D0 7

V3TOM PC O PC mode communication: PC mode starts. 7 0 **D0 4

USB EN O TELUSBIC Enable 7 0 **D0 1

CAM SI I Serial data input 7 0 **D7 5

LINE IN O Line input control 7 0 **D4 6

LM CS O Chip select of level meter IC 7 0 **D4 2

VIF CS O VIF communication Chip Select (cp.c) 7 0 **D4 0

HP CTL O Headphone output muting 7 0 **D1 0

SHUTTER O PWM output for effect sound (AUDIO. C.CP.C) 7 0 **D6 4

PWM ZA O PWM signal for zoom motor control 7 0 **D6 3

UNLOAD O Lmo Unload 7 0 **D1 6

DRUM ON O Drum ON 7 0 **D1 2

CAS IN I Cassette IN detection

HP ON O Headphones/AV jack selector (Audio. C) 7 0 **D2 6

SP MUTE O Muting the built-in speaker (Audio. C) 7 0 **D2 2

TREEL I TreeIFG input

V3TOM FILE TX O PC mode communication: File transfer in progress. 7 0 **D0 5

MODE SCK I Mode microcomputer serial communication clock 7 0 **D8 0

PLUG IN I AV Jack Detect 7 0 **D4 3

VTOC EN (CAM CS) O Chip select of camera microcomputer 7 0 **D5 6

DA CFG O CFG duty control voltage output 7 0 **D6 6

PWM ZB O PWM signal for zoom motor control 7 0 **D6 2

LOAD O Lmo Load 7 0 **D1 5

CAP ON O Capstan ON 7 0 **D5 4

USB CS O Chip Select for USB 7 0 **D9 2

WIDE DET I SI SIDE detection

DEW AD I DEW detection

SST3 (DIC FRAME) I Camera video control: Frame picture 7 0 **D3 3

SP STBY O Save-energy bias mode of built-in speaker (Audio. C) 7 0 **D2 3

XPDI O DA converter power-down (Audio. C) 7 0 **D3 1

CAP FWD O Capstan forward rotation 7 0 **D8 6

CTOV COM I Camera microcomputer communication 7 0 **D9 5

CTOV RX I Select of camera microcomputer communication 7 0 **D9 4

MTOV3 PC I PC mode communication: PC mode acknowledged 7 0 **D0 3

USB DET I USB Detect 7 0 **D0 0

CAM SCK O Serial communication clock 7 0

CAM SO O Serial output data 7 0 **D8 1

MODE SI I Mode control reception data 7 0 **D7 4

LET CONT O Letter Box output control (VBI.C) 7 0 **D4 4

AIF CS O AIF communication Chip Select (cp.C) 7 0 **D5 7

EXT MUTE O External microphone mute control 7 0 **D5 0

PWM FB O PWM signal for focus motor control 7 0 **D6 0

TAPE LED O Tape sensor output LED control 7 0 **D1 3

NTSC XPAL I NTSC/PAL switching (System Control. C) 7 0 **D5 3

TAPE END AD Tape End detection

EXT DET I External microphone detection (Audio. C) 7 0 **D2 5

REC PROOF I Cassette recording prohibition signal detection

MSW AD I Mechanism position detection

USB INT I USB interrupt

HP DET I Headphones installation detection 7 0


PG BK ADDR Data Bit

9

10

11

14

15

16

17

19

20

21

26

27

48

58

59

68

101

104

107

108

110

111

116

117

131

136

138

145

146

147

152

170

171

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

192

194

198

199

200

201

208

210

214

216


2-21

HP MUTE O Headphones output muting (Audio. C) 7 0 **D2 4

SST2 (DIC PARARRIL) I Camera video control; A/B parallel read-out 7 0 **D3 2

VCO HI O VRP VCO control 7 0 **D2 0

SREEL I SreelFG input

SOUND SW O Input selector of speaker driver IC 7 0 **D0 6

VIF/AIF SCK O VIF/AIF serial communication clock 7 0 **D8 2

CTOV CATEGORY I Communication category 7 0 **D7 6

WIDE CONT O Wide (16:9) output control (VBI.D) 7 0 **D4 5

MODE REQ O Mode microcomputer communication Chip Select (cp.C) 7 0 **D5 5

DA SREEL O ReelFG control voltage output 7 0 **D6 7

PWM FA O PWM signal for focus motor control 7 0 **D6 1

REEL LED CONT O ReelFG output LED control 7 0 **D1 4

VTOC LATCH O Camera microcomputer communication 7 0 **D5 2

MODE CS O Mode serial communication CS interrupt

AUTO MANUAL I Detecting of audio input (AUTO/MANUAL) 7 0

SHOE ON O Video light ON (va.C) 7 0 **D3 4

CARD BUS SEL O Card bus connection selection 7 0 **D0 2

VIF/AIF SO O VIF/AIF serial send data 7 0 **D7 2

MODE SO O Mode microcomputer serial send data 7 0 **D7 0

SDET I S-terminal Detect

SHOE O Shoe (microphone) power control 7 0 **D4 1

INT MUTE O Built-in microphone mute control 7 0 **D5 1

SHOE ID1 I SHOE (microphone/light... ) detection

TAPE TOP AD I Tape Top detection

SST 1 (DIC FREEZE) I Camera video control: Freeze request 7 0 **D2 7

A MUTE O Audio mute (AIF/Line Out) (Audio. C) 7 0 **D2 1

REC MUTE O Fixing the AIF3 AD data to the soundless level 7 0 **D4 7

(Audio. C) 7 0 **D3 0


220

224

226

232

259

261

262

263

264

265

266

270

271

283

284

292

319

321

322

323

324

325

339

341

346

347

348


2-22

4-6-3 MODE MI-COM (IC104)


PG BK ADDR Data Bit

3

4

5

6

13

14

15

16

17

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

68

69

BATT A/D A/D Battery low-voltage detection 7 2 **C0 A/D

BATT INFO A/D A/D Battery type detection 7 2 **C1 A/D

LI3V DETECT A/D Lithium battery low-voltage detection 7 2 **C2 A/D

N.C.

CASSETTEMEMORY A/D0 A/D Cassette memory/ID board detection 7 2 **C4 A/D



KEY AD0 A/D KEY 0 detection 7 2 **C7 A/D



KEY AD3 A/D KEY 3 detection 7 2 **CA A/D

FCH0 I Process mode/software debug terminal 7 2 **CB A/D

KEY AD4 A/D KEY 4 detection 7 2 **CC A/D

CARD OPN I Card lid open/close detection 7 2 **CD A/D

CARD DET I Card yes/no 7 2 **CE A/D

CARD PRO I Card protect 7 2 **CF A/D

VCR POWER SWITCH I VCR mode switch 7 2 **D0 0

CAM POWER SWITCH I Camera mode switch 7 2 **D0 1

T/C PW SW I TAPE/CARD/SWITCH 7 2 **D0 2

V3TOM FILE TX I PC mode: File transfer in progress 7 2 **D0 3

STANDBY SW I Standby switch detection 7 2 **D0 4

LANC POWER ON I LANC POWER ON detection 7 2 **D0 5

EJECT SWITCH I EJECT switch detection 7 2 **D0 6

CASSETTE IN SWITCH I CASSETTE-IN switch detection 7 2 **D0 7

PHOTO SWITCH I Memory switch full pressing detection 7 2 **D1 0

HARF PHOTO SWITCH I Memory switch half pressing detection 7 2 **D1 1

START STOP I Trigger switch 7 2 **D1 2

PAE/GREEN SW I PAE mode selector switch 7 2 **D1 3

PANEL OPEN SWITCH I Panel open switch detection 7 2 **D1 4

PANEL BOTTOM/TOP SWITCH I Panel BOTTOM/TOP switch detection 7 2 **D1 5

DIAL CW SWITCH I Dial detection 7 2 **D1 6

DIAL CCW SWITCH I Dial detection 7 2 **D1 7

VCR POW LED O VCR LED lighting control 7 2 **D2 0

CAM POW LED O Camera LED lighting control 7 2 **D2 1

NTSC/PAL O NTSC/PAL 7 2 **D2 2

MEMORY ACCESS LED O Card access LCD 7 2 **D2 3

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

OSDC CS O OSD IC chip select 7 2 **D3 0

LCD ON O LCD panel ON/OFF control 7 2 **D3 1

VCR POWER ON O VCR power control 7 2 **D3 2

CAM ON O CAMERA CCD control 7 2 **D3 3

EVF SEN O EVF IC chip select 7 2 **D3 4

LCD CEN O LCD panel IC chip select 7 2 **D3 5

LCD BL ON O Panel backlight ON/OFF control 7 2 **D3 6

DSU 7 2 **D3 7

VIC3 CHIP SELECT O VIC3 CHIP SELECT 7 2 **D4 0

N.C. O


2-23

N.C. O

MTOC EN O Camera microcomputer communication acknowledged 7 2 **D4 3

LANC CONT O LANC power control 7 2 **D4 4

DSU 7 2 **D9 0

DSU 7 2 **D9 1

DSU 7 2 **D9 2

DSU 7 2 **D9 3

DSU 7 2 **D9 4

DSU 7 2 **D9 5

DSU 7 2 **D9 6

DSU 7 2 **D9 7

DT4 WAKE UP DT4 rise-up 7 2 **DA 0

DT4 BUSY DT4 busy 7 2 **DA 1

CAM RXDATA I Camera microcomputer reception request 7 2 **DA 2

RMC PULSE IN I [Interrupt] remote control signal input 7 2 **DA 3

DT4 I FRP 7 2 **DA 4

N.C.

V3TOM PC I In the PC mode. 7 2 **DA 6

MTOV3 PC O PC mode acknowledged 7 2 **DA 7

MODE EEPROM CS O Mode EEPROM CHIP SELECT 7 2 **DC 0

LCD DA LOAD O DA loading for LCD panel 7 2 **DC 1

PANEL EEPROM CS O Panel EEPROM CHIP SELECT 7 2 **DC 2

N.C.

N.C.

EEPROM RESET O EEPROM reset 7 2 **DC 6

MIRR O Panel OSD off in the mirror mode 7 2 **DC 7

LANC OUT O LANC data output 7 2 **DF 0

LANC IN I LANC data input 7 2 **DF 1

XRESET O VIC 7 2 **DF 2

CASSETTE MEMORY ON O Cassette memory power supply control 7 2 **DF 3

CASSETTE MEMORY SDA I/O CM communication data terminal 7 2 **DF 4

CASSETTE MEMORY SCL O CM communication clock terminal 7 2 **DF 5

E3DET I [Interrupt] E3V low-voltage detection 7 2 **DF 6

32.768KHz 7 2 **DD 6

32.769KHz 7 2 **DD 7

DT4 RESET O DT4 reset 7 2 **DB 0

DT4 RESET LSI O DT4 LSI reset 7 2 **DB 1

N.C.

N.C.

EVF ON O EVF ON 7 2 **DB 4

EVF BL ON O EVF BL ON 7 2 **DB 5

PS O Charging POWER SAVE control 7 2 **DB 6

VIC3 RESUEST [Interrupt] VIC3 communication request 7 2 **DB 7

VIC3 SERIAL DATA OUT VIC3 serial data output 7 2 **DD 0

(MODE TO VIC3)

VIC3 SERIAL DATA IN I VIC3 serial data input 7 2 **DD 1

(VIC3 TO MODE)

VIC3 SERIAL CLOCK O VIC3 serial clock output 7 2 **DD 2

CAMERA SERIAL DATA OUT O 7 2 **DD 3

(MODE TO CAMERA)

CAMERA SERIAL DATA IN I CAMERA serial data input 7 2 **DD 4

(CAMERA TO MODE)


70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

92

93

94

95

96

98

99

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

115

116

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

128

129

130

131

132

133


2-24

CAMERA SERIAL CLOCK O CAMERA serial clock output 7 2 **DD 5

SERIAL OUT O DT4 serial data output 7 2 **DE 0

SERIAL IN I DT4 serial data input 7 2 **DE 1

SERIAL CLOCK O DT4 serial data clock 7 2 **DE 2

SERIAL OUT OSDC/EEPROM/EVF IC/LCD... 7 2 **DE 3

SERIAL IN EEPROM 7 2 **DE 4

SERIAL CLOCK OSDC/EEPROM/EVF IC/LCD... 7 2 **DE 5

CTOM EN [Interrupt] Camera communication request 7 2 **DE 7


134

135

136

137

138

139

140

142

CHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR • SERVICE HINTS

CONTENTS

1. Lists of Maintenance Tools and Supplies ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-1

1-1 List of Maintenance Tools ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-1

1-2 List of Supplies ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-1

2. Setting ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-2

2-1 Setting A ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-2

2-2 Setting B------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-3

3. How to Use Service Remote Controller (DY9-1349-000) ---------------------------------------------------------- 3-4

4. Service Modes ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-5

4-1 General -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-5

4-2 Service Mode Indications ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-5

5. Description of Service Modes ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-6

5-1 Error Rate ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-6

5-2 Mechanical Error Indications ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-7

5-3 Cleaning mode------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-8

5-4 Camera Special Commands -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-9

5-5 Checking The Lens Resetting ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-10

5-6 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches ------------------------------------------------------------- 3-10

5-6-1 Voltage Range for A/D Input Key ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-10

6. Service Hints ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-11

6-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-11

6-2 Location of Main Elements -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-12

6-3 Current Consumption Check ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-13

7. Trouble Shooting -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-14

7-1 Power Supply ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-14

7-2 Camera Picture Faulty -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-14

7-3 Faulty of Playback Picture --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-15

-

DM-XM2 ECHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR • SERVICE HINTS

3-1

1. Lists of Maintenance Tools and Supplies

1-1 List of Maintenance Tools

1-2 List of Supplies

Item Name Item Number Purpose Remarks

Diamond oil/Hydro-Fluid NT-68 DY9-3010-000 Lubrication DMC II

To be locally purchased

in USA

Grease GB-12 DY9-3022-000 Lubrication DMC II

Grease FLOIL C-1Z DY9-3039-000 Lubrication DMC II

Three Bond No. 1401C CY9-8011-000 Adhesive DMC-II

Logenest Lambda A-74 CY9-8102-000 Lubrication Lens

Grease GE-C9 CY9-8043-000 Lubrication Lens

Grease GC-X5 CY9-8082-000 Lubrication Lens

Grease FLOIL 92 KB CY9-8097-000 Lubrication Lens

Hanarl KS-50M DY9-3047-000 Lubrication Cover, DMC-II

Dia Bond No. 1663G CY9-8129-000 Adhesive LCD

Sponge (W × H × T : 300mm × 200mm × 6mm) DY9-4001-000 General-purpose vibration

isolating/sound absorbing

material

Adhesive tape, No. 354E DY9-3032-000 General-purpose adhesive tape

(W × L × T : 9mm × 50m × 0.15mm, UL type)

Adhesive tape, No. 501F DY9-3034-000 General-purpose double-side-

(W × L × T : 10mm × 50m × 0.16mm, UL type) coated adhesive tape

Sheet, Shield (W × H : 250mm × 250mm) DY9-3036-000 General-purpose shield material

Item Name Item Number Purpose Remarks

Alignment Tape (Color bar master/NTSC) DY9-1321-000 Recorder electrical adjustment

Alignment tape (tracking) DY9-1345-000 Tape path adjustment DMC II

Cassette Torque gauge for DV DY9-1346-000 Tape path adjustment DMC II

Cleaning tape (normal) — Head cleaning DMC II

Commercially available

DV cleaning tape (hard) DY9-1359-000 Head cleaning DMC II

Extension cable DY9-1375-000 Test pin extension

CZ Siemens chart DY9-1372-000 CZ adjustment

Driver bit for tape path adjustment DY9-2053-000 Tape path adjustment DMC II

Color bar chart DY9-2002-000 Camera electrical adjustment

Color Viewer 5600°K for 100V DY9-2039-220 Camera electrical adjustment

(for 220V)

Color Viewer 5600°K for 115V DY9-2039-240 Camera electrical adjustment

(for 240V)

Lamp for Color Viewer 5600°K DY9-2040-000 Replacement

Filter, CCA W12ø 46mm DY9-2046-000 Camera electrical adjustment

Remote commander RM-95 DY9-1349-000 Service mode,

electrical adjustment


3-2

2. Setting(1) Adjustments other than DMC-2: Perform adjustments in the product state.

(2) Tracking adjustment (DMC-2) and Envelope check: Perform them with the Setting A.

(3) Adjustments related to DMC-2 other than Tracking adjustment, tape path system check and tape path system cleaning

: Perform them with the Setting B.

2-1 Setting A

Envelope check)

(1) Remove the six screws (a × 6) and remove the BOTTOM COVER.

(2) Connect the extension cable (DY9-1375-000) to CN3201.

(3) Observe the PB-RF waveform that is output from the extension cable.

Tracking adjustment)

(1) Remove the two MASK POSTS.

(2) Insert the ADJUSTMENT SCREWDRIVER through adjustment hole and adjust height of the posts.

Note: When the tracking adjustment is going to be performed, refer to Chapter 2-6 on page 4-54: Tape Path Adjustment.

Fig. 3-1

ADJUSTMENT SCREWDRIVER

BOTTOM COVER

MASK POST

a × 6

3 1

CN3201 1pin : PB-RF2pin : GND3pin : SW PULSE


3-3

Fig. 3-2

2-2 Setting B

(1) Remove the BOTTOM COVER and LEFT COVER UNIT referring to Chapter 4-1: Disassembling and Reassembling.

Note 1: Keep the cable remain connected and set the equipment as shown in Fig. 3-2.

Note 2: Observe the PB-RF signal in the same manners as in the setting A.

to MONITOR TVto CA-920

to LANC REMOTE COMMANDER

LEFT COVER UNIT

DMC2 RECORDER UNIT


3-4

3. How to Use Service Remote Controller (DY9-1349-000)

(1) Connect the LANC terminal.

(2) To set up the service mode, turn the “HOLD SW” to the

HOLD position. When the “HOLD SW” is returned to

its home position, the product is controlled using its own

functions.

(3) LCD indications in the service mode:

4 PAGE is indicated while the FOCUS KEY is held

down.

5 BANK is indicated.

6 MODE is indicated.

WR when the BATT mark is presented.

7 ADDR is indicated.

8 DT is indicated (hexadecimal).

(4) The following table shows the key functions available in

the service mode. Fig. 3-3

1. HOLD SW 2. PAGE +

3. BANK +4. BANK -

5. ADDRESS +6. ADDRESS -

7. DATA + 8. DATA -

9. STORE

11. PAGE DISPLAY

12. EJECT

10. MODE SELECT

6

4 5 8 7* : * * : * *

<Key Function in Service Mode>

No. Key name (in service mode) Function Key name (in normal operation)

1 HOLD Transition to service mode by setting to the HOLD

HOLD position

2 PAGE+ PAGE is incremented by one. START/STOP

3 BANK+ BANK is incremented by one. EDIT SEARCH+

4 BANK- BANK is decremented by one. EDIT SEARCH-

5 ADDRESS+ ADDRESS is incremented by one. FF

6 ADDRESS- ADDRESS is decremented by one. REW

7 DATA+ DATA is incremented by one. PLAY

8 DATA- DATA is decremented by one. STOP

9 STORE Confirmation/writing of DATA. PAUSE

10 MODE SELECT RD/WR mode selection. REC REVIEW

11 PAGE DISPLAY PAGE is indicated on LCD of remote controller. FOCUS

12 EJECT EJECT operation is performed. COUNTER RESET


3-5

4. Service Modes

4-1 General

(1) The service modes are of a command input type using LANC communication.

(2) In the command-input-type service mode, operation mode transition in the main unit can be performed using the keys

equipped on it. Also, by returning the HOLD SW to the normal mode position, the operation mode transition on the

main unit can be pefrormed with the service remote controller.

(3) In the command-input-type service mode, the mechanism error, dew, insufficiency of power and other safety detect-

ing functions are ineffective.

(4) In the command-input-type service mode, the LCD mirror function is ineffective.

4-2 Service Mode Indications

Shown below are the on-screen indications to be given in the service modes.

1 Indicates that the service mode is set up (“SERV”).

2 Indicates which block is subjected to the command (“FR”, “CAM”, “MODE” etc.).

3 Indicates a message for a special command (“DATA”, “SUB” etc.).

4 PG : Indicates the PAGE being selected (“4” to “7”).

5 BK : Indicates the BANK being selected (“0” to “7”).

6 MD : Indicates the MODE being selected (RD/WR).

7 ADDR : Indicates the ADDRESS being selected in hexadecimal (**00 to **FF, 0000 to FFFF).

8 DT : Indicates the DATA being read or set in hexadecimal (00 to FF).

9 DT : Indicates the DATA being read or set in binary (********), except for some special functions.

!0 ST : Indicates the STATUS in progress (“OK”, “NG”, “BUSY” etc.).

!1 Indicates an absolute track number.

!2 E0 : Indicates an error rate on a track traced by the CH0 (low channel) head.

!3 E1 : Indicates an error rate on a track traced by the CH1 (high channel) head.

!4 Indicates a version number of the FR microcomputer.

!5 Indicates a version number of the MODE microcomputer.

!6 Indicates a version number of the CAMERA microcomputer.

!7 Indicates the state of the mechanism. (“POPUP”, “STBY”, “LOAD1”, “LOAD2”, “STOP”, “PLAY”)

!8 Indicates a firmware version for MMC control. (MC model only)

Fig. 3-4

00::: 00000

CD

O

MAMDCA

(

( (

)((

)(

(( ( ( ( ( (

)

)

) )

)) ) ) ) ) )

P

P

G BK MD ADDR D T S

SERV

T

S T1

2 3

4 5 6 7 8

9

10

11

( )17

( )18

14

15

16

E E10 ( ) ( )12 13


3-6

5. Description of Service Modes

5-1 Error Rate

<Generals>

(1) A VIDEO error rate (VIDEO+AUDIO) and an AUDIO error rate can be checked.

(2) Note that the error rate is worsened on occurrence of failure in tape running, deterioration of tape, decreased in head

output, failure in head amplifier, improper drum shield, etc.

<How to read the VIDEO error rate>

An average error rate on 64-track AUDIO + VIDEO sector is

indicated in exponential representation.

Example) “25” is indicated:

Error rate = 2 × 10-5

<How to read the AUDIO error rate>

To read error rate of AUDIO track, follow the procedures in

the table below.

The number of erroneous sync block of 64-track AUDIO sync

blocks is indicated in two hexadecimal digits.

(FF limitation is imposed on a value exceeding 255.)

Example) “23” is indicated:

Number of erroneous sync blocks = 35

Important

After the adjustment, set the DT to the product setting . (press STORE key at 1 of STEP 1 state.)

Fig. 3-5

Fig. 3-6

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

ERROR RATE PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make setting shown at right. 6 4 WR --1D 00 Product setting.

2) Set DT to 03. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 03 Audio error rate indication.

Reference) Product setting can be selected by resetting DT to 00. Thus, the Audio+Video error rate is indicated.

Low ch. High ch.

EO 1 5 E1

2 × 10- 5

Low ch. High ch.

(hexadecimal)

(decimal)

AO 2 3 A1

2

(2 ×16)+ 3 = 35

3

In the product specifications, the error rate on both chan-nels in self -recording LP playback is as follows :

Error rate =28H or less(Number of erroneous sync blocks = 40 or less)


3-7

5-2 Mechanical Error Indications

<Generals>

(1) When the camcorder is stopped upon detection of a mechanical error, the POWER LED indicator blinks and the

message “EJECT CASSETTE” appears on screen. At this step, the error condition can be checked in the service mode.

(2) A mechanical error indication is given in either one of the following two manners: indication of data held only by the

main battery, and indication of data backed up by the Lithium 3V. Referring to the table shown below, select an

indication mode.

(3) Data backed up by the Lithium 3V can be reset at step 3.

<Indication of error data held only by the main battery>

Fig. 3-7

<Indication of error data backed up by Lithium 3V>

Fig. 3-8


MECH. ERROR PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make setting shown at right. 7 2 RD --01 -- Error data held only in the POWER-ON state is

indicated.

2 1) Make setting shown at right. 7 2 RD --02 -- Error data backed up by the EEPROM is

indicated.

3 1) Make setting shown at right. 7 2 WR --02 00

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Completion of backup data resetting.

: T A P E E N D: T A P E T O P: D R U M E R R O R: C A P S T A N E R R O R: S - R E E L E R R O R: T - R E E L E R R O R: L O A D I N G M T R E R R O R: D E W E R R O R

PG BK MD

7 2 RD

ADDR

- - 0 1

D

CD

-

T

-

S

S T

E B T L D

EBD

D

CS

TL

Relevant error indicat ion is highl ighted.

: D R U M E R R O R: C A P S T A N E R R O R: S - R E E L E R R O R: T - R E E L E R R O R: L O A D I N G M T R E R R O R: D E W E R R O R

PG BK MD

7 2 RD

ADDR

- - 0 2

D

CD

-

T

-

S

S T

T L D

D

D

CS

TL

Relevant error indicat ion is highl ighted.

* *


3-8

5-3 Cleaning mode

When you use the hard-type cleaning tape (DY9-1359-000), set the cleaning mode as described below.

Note: After cleaning is completed, be sure to return the settings to the original ones.


MECH. ERROR PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 High address setting.

1-1 1) Make setting shown at right. 6 5 WR **00 01

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Completion of high address “01” setting.

2 Cleaning mode setting

2-1 1) Make setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 0111 --

2) Increase the DT value by 1. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ (Change the right-most digit of the binary

display data from 0 to 1.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Completion of cleaning mode setting.

3) Press the STORE key.

3 Return the setting to the original one when

cleaning is completed.

3-1 1) Make setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 0111 --

2) Decrease the DT value by 1. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑

(Change the right-most digit of the binary

display data from 1 to 0.) ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Exiting the cleaning mode setting.



3-9

Completion of high address “33” setting.

WB is set.

WB is locked.

WB high-speed setting mode.

Outdoor white balance mode.

Indoor white balance mode.

The iris is opened forcibly.

The iris is closed forcibly.

A value of AGC gain is maximized.

A value of AGC gain is minimized.

Output the color bar signal of the DSP output.

Output the color bar signal of the IF IC output.

Output a white 100% signal of the DSP output.

Output a white 50% signal of the DSP output.

DSP output, White.

(By charging the DT of “PG: 5, BK: 0, AD:

IC54” in the range of 00 to 7F, the brightness

can be changed arbitrary).

Whenever the STORE key is pressed, the strobe

emits light.

Whenever the STORE key is pressed, the CCD

pixel defect compensation turns ON and OFF.

(DT: 01 → ON, DT: 00 →OFF)

Whenever the STORE key is pressed, the ND

filter turns ON and OFF. (DT: 20 → ON, DT: 00

→ OFF)

5-4 Camera Special Commands

<Generals>

(1) The camera special commands are available for operation check.

(2) Referring to the table shown below, make preparation, and then use any camera special commands as required.

(3) All the settings are reset when the STORE key is pressed in the “WR” mode at a relevant item.

Also, all commands are reset by turning the power off and on again.

5 3 WR **00 33 WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK

5 2 WR 3300 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 3301 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 3302 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 3303 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 3304 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 3305 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 3306 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 3307 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 3308 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 3309 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 330A -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 330B -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 330C -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 330D -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 330E -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

5 2 WR 330F -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

1) Make setting shown at right.





































CAM SPECIAL COMMAND PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

Preparation

WB SET

WB LOCK

WB TURBO

WB

OUTDOOR

WB

INDOOR

IRIS OPEN

IRIS CLOSE

AGC MAX

AGC MIN

Color bar

(DSP)

Color bar

(IF IC)

White 100%

(DSP)

White 50%

(DSP)

White,

arbitrary

(DSP)

Strobe

CCD pixel

defect

compensation

ON/OFF

ND ON/OFF 5 2 WR 3310 -- WAIT

↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK


3-10

5-5 Checking The Lens Resetting

<Generals>

(1) Setting the address according to the table below allows to check whether the lens resetting is ended or not.

(2) The 1st digit of binary number indication (Fig.3-4 9) of data is for zoom, and the 2nd for focus resetting. Resetting is

ended if 1 is indicated.

5-6 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches

<Generals>

(1) In the service mode, the terminals of the MODE microcomputer can be checked. Thereby, it is allowed to check key-

related operations and key-microcomputer connections in the product state.

(2) The addresses of the microcomputer terminals for checking are indicated in the “Remarks” column in the I/O port

table (p.2-14 to p.2-23). Note that since serial communication data signals are not synchronous with the LANC com-

munication cycle (field) in the service mode, operations related to these signals are not indicated accurately. So, use

indications for these signals just as reference data.

(3) The following explanations are provided for the data content which seem rather complicated. For other than below,

use the addresses shown in the “Remarks” column of the I/O port table.

(4) When carrying out functional checks, select the RD mode.

5-6-1 Voltage Range for A/D Input Key

(1) On the MODE microcomputers, the terminals shown in Fig. 3-10 are A/D input ports. Key and/or mode is detected by

means of the A/D-converted voltage.

Fig. 3-9


LENS RESET PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

Preparation 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 1 WR **00 1C WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Completion of high address “1C” setting.

LENS RESET Set to status shown on right and check 5 0 RD 1C78 -- WAIT

the binary number indication data.

MI-COM Pin No. NAME PG BK ADDR A/D DATA (00 to FF)

MODE 16 KEY A/D 0 7 2 C7 DE ON CUSTOM REC (+)

MODE 17 KEY A/D 1 7 2 C8 (00 to 2C) (2D to 67) (68 to A7) (A8 to FF)

DE SELECT CUSTOM PRESET DISPLAY REC (–)

MODE 19 KEY A/D 2 7 2 C9 MENU SELECT

MODE 20 KEY A/D 3 7 2 CA STOP PB/STILL FF

MODE 22 KEY A/D 4 7 2 CC EXECUTE-- -- --

(DIAL)

MODE 5 A/D V 7 2 C2 Lithium battery voltage value

MODE 4 BATT. INFO A/D 7 2 C1 (00 to 33) (34 to FF)

Without battery Battery installation

MODE 3 BATT. A/D 7 3 C0 Voltage of main power supply

The parenthesized values indicate theoretical values, from which actual values may deviate to some extent.


3-11

6. Service Hints

6-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards

The printed circuit boards are arranged as shown below.

Fig. 3-10

ZOOM KEY ASS'Y

TRIGGER FPC ASS'Y

R-KEY PCB ASS'Y

CVF PCB ASS'Y

C-KEY2 PCB ASS'Y

C-KEY1 PCB ASS'Y

GY PCB ASS'Y

LENS PCB ASS'Y

CA PCB ASS'Y

MAIN PCB ASS'Y

MJ PCB ASS'Y

C-KEY3 PCB ASS'Y

CARD PCB ASS'Y

C-DIAL PCB ASS'Y

LCD PCB ASS'Y


3-12

6-2 Location of Main Elements

Fig. 3-11

IC1054CAMERA MI-COM

IC4001SD I/F

IC4002FLASH

IC4000DT4

IC1052EEP ROM

IC1055RESET

IC1261AF MI-COM

IC1004DSP

IC2000VRP2IC2301

VIC3

IC1301I/F

IC3501SWITCH

IC3201DC/DC CONVERTER

CONTROL

IC3500USB CONTROLER

IC2300FLASH

IC2601CHARACTERGENERATOR

MAIN P.C.B.

IC803SP DRIVER

IC705MIC AMP

IC802A/D,D/A

IC1501EVF DRIVER

IC4003SDRAM

IC801AUDIO

INTERFACE

IC1502SWITCH

IC103RESET

IC100E3V REG &

RESETIC102LANC

INTERFACE

IC101EEPROM

IC2100VIF2

IC104MODE MI-COM

IC2303SDRAM

IC1202D/A CONVERTER

IC1204MOTOR DRIVER

IC301MOTOR DRIVE

IC1004TIMING GENERATOR

IC1001V DRIVER

IC1003H DRIVER

IC1005INVERTER

CA P.C.B.IC1053

D-FFIC1054

CDS/AGC/AD


3-13

Fig. 3-12

6-3 Current Consumption Check

The following table shows the specified value of current consumption in each status.

Measurement condition : Product status, camera auto mode (AF, IS OFF), LCD ON

(Approx. 0.1A each smaller in case of CVF)

Preset voltage : 7.4V

POWER SW MODE Current consumption (A)

CAMERA REC PAUSE 0.7

REC 0.8

VTR STOP 0.45

PLAY 0.55

POWER OFF 1 (mA)

IC902LCD DRIVE

IC903DA CONVERTER

IC901EEPROM

IC4201DC/DC CONVERTE

CONTROL

LCD P.C.B.

IC1601P SENSOR GYRO

IC1602Y SENSOR GYRO

GY P.C.B.


3-14

7. Trouble Shooting

To detect the failure part for repair, if any, use the following hints and check points.

7-1 Power Supply

<Hints>When the power source is attached, the unit enters the standby mode in the following sequences.

Main power is connected. → UNREG is supplied to the MAIN P.C.B. → MODE microcomputer starts up. → MODEmicrocomputer outputs VCR ON “H” signal, CAM ON “H” singal. → PWM driver starts up and turns on each powersupply. → Establishes communication with the FR microcomputer. → FR microcomputer initializes recorder me-chanical chassis. → Enters the standby mode upon completion of initialization.

Then the power supply starts up in the following sequence.Power mode switch is operated. → Upon receipt of command, MODE microcomputer outputs VCR ON “H” signal,CAM ON “H” signal. → PWM driver starts up and turns on each power supply. → Each microcomputer (FR, CAM-ERA) starts up to implement system control.

<Check Points>1 Key Inputs

Check the key inputs at Power Switch in the SERVICE mode.2 Check of microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication

If the microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication line is normal, the version number of each microcomputercan be indicated in the service mode. Otherwise, the communication line or microcomputer may be faulty.

3 Error in Mechanism (P.3-7)If any error is occurred by mechanism trouble at initializing, the error can be detected.At this state, the power can be turned on, but the unit enters “ERROR STOP” state. In this case, check the error data inthe SERVICE mode.

4 VCR ON “H”, CAM ON “H” MODE (control signal from MODE microcomputer) OutputsCheck the output of control signal by the LANC remote controller.

5 Fuses on the POWER SUPPLY P.C.B.Check the continuations of fuses FU3201, 3203, 3204, 3205, 3206, 3207 on MAIN P.C.B. If any fuse is faulty, replaceit and check the current consumption.

6 Replace the MAIN P.C.B. with a service part and check the operation.7-2 Camera Picture Faulty

7-2 Camera Picture Faulty

<Hints>A flow of camera picture (EE) is as below.CCD → CA P.C.B → MAIN P.C.B. (DSP → DT4 → IF → VIC → VIF) → JACK F.P.C.

<Check Points>1 Lens Resetting (P.3-10)

If the camera picture is not displayed, check it in the service mode. If NG, check the lens.2 Blue Back Output

If the blue-back is confirmed, it can be judged that the signal line subsequent to the VIC are normal.3 Check of the color bar (DSP) and other outputs (P. 3-9)

The color bar (DSP) and other output signals are generated by the DSP on the MAIN P. C. B. In the service mode,check whether the color bar (DSP) signal is generated normally or not. If its output is normal, the signal line subse-quent to the DSP would be normal.

4 CCD Output

The CCD output signal is sampled by the CDS/AGC/AD IC. Check this signal condition.5 Camera Special Command (P.3-9)

Check the operations of White Balance, AGC, IRIS, etc. in the SERVICE mode.


3-15

7-3 Faulty of Playback Picture

<Hints>

In DV format, the deterioration of picture quality appears on the screen as a block noise. This failure is occurred when the

picture information (in block unit) exceeds a limit of processing performance of error correction and the previous picture

information is used for compensation.

Normally, if an error rate is worsened considerably by the deterioration of tape quality or head output, the symptom

appears.

For this reason, when you check the playback picture, check the error rate.

<Check Points>

q Deterioration of Tape Quality

Check if flaws, kinks, etc. are found on a magnetic face of tape or not, and compare it with the error rate of other unit.

q Error Rate (P. 3-6)

In the service mode, check an error rate of self-recording/LP playback. The specified allowable error rate is 2 × 10 -5. In

case of NG, take the following procedure.

(1) Observe a playback envelope. If it is abnormal, carry out tape-path adjustment.

(2) Run a cleaning tape.

Either a normal cleaning tape (commercially available) or a hard cleaning tape (DY9-1359-000) may be used.

[Playback time]

Normal cleaning tape (commercially available) : Follow the instructions indicated for the cleaning tape.

Hard cleaning tape (DY9-1359-000) : After replacement of the drum unit → 25 seconds

For cleaning → 25 seconds

* When you are going to use a cleaning tape of hard type, set the product in the cleaning mode.

(See P.3-8 5-3: Cleaning Mode.)

(3) Check the error rate again.

If the error rate is out of the specified range, clean the tape drive parts (posts, drum) using cleaning paper moistened

with alcohol.

* Take care not to damage the head.

* Do not touch the head with bare hand.


If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the tape with a new one and check the error rate again. At this

step, use a tape (must be Panasonic LP tape) which has been purchased at a different time. The error rate may

become worse due to inconsistent quality or aging of the tape.


If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the drum unit.


If the error rate is out of the specified range, replace the mechanical unit.

CHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

CONTENTS

1. Disassembling and Reassembling -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1

1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1

1-2 Separation of Bottom Cover Unit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-2

1-3 Separation of Left Cover Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-3

1-4 Separation of Top Cover Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-4

1-5 Separation of Handle Unit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-5

1-6 Separation of Rear Cover Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-6

1-7 Separation of Right Cover Unit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-7

1-8 Separation of CVF Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-8

1-9 Removing the GY P.C.B. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-9

1-10 Removing the CA P.C.B. and LENS P.C.B. ------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-10

1-11 Separation of Camera Unit and Recorder UNIT -------------------------------------------------------------- 4-11

1-12 Disassembly of Right Cover Unit-1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-12






1-18 Disassembly of Handle Unit-1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-18



1-21 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit-1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-21

1-22 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit-2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-22

1-23 Disassembly of Recorder Unit-1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-23

1-24 Disassembly of Recorder Unit-2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-24

1-25 Disassembly of Camera Unit-1---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-25

1-26 Disassembly of Camera Unit-2---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-26

1-27 Disassembly of Lens Unit-1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-27



1-30 Disassembly of LCD Unit-1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-30

1-31 Disassembly of LCD Unit-2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-31

1-32 Installation Method of LCD-Main FPC ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-32

1-33 Disassembly of CVF Unit-1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-33

1-34 Disassembly of CVF Unit-2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-34

1-35 List of Screws Used----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-35

1-36 List of Disassembly Photos -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-36

2. Adjustment Procedures ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-38

2-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-38

2-2 AF Section Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-39

2-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-39

2-2-2 Cam correction (AUTO) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-40

2-3 VAP Section Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-41

2-3-1 GYRO OFFSET AUTO Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4-41

2-3-2 PWM-DC AUTO Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-41

2-3-3 GYRO GAIN Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-42

2-3-4 EEPROM Writing -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-42

2-4 Camera Section Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-43

2-4-1 IRIS Encoder Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-43

2-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-44

2-4-3 WB Adjustment (1) Extraction Range AUTO Adjustment --------------------------------------- 4-45

2-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-45

2-4-5 WB Adjustment (2) Extraction Range AUTO Adjustment --------------------------------------- 4-46

2-4-6 Color R-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode) ------------------------------------------------------------- 4-46

2-4-7 Color Ye-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode) ----------------------------------------------------------- 4-46

2-4-8 Color G-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode) ------------------------------------------------------------ 4-47

2-4-9 Color B-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode) ------------------------------------------------------------- 4-47

2-4-10 EEPROM Writing1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-47

2-4-11 Color R-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode) ------------------------------------------------------------- 4-48

2-4-12 Color Ye-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode) ----------------------------------------------------------- 4-48

2-4-13 Color G-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode) ------------------------------------------------------------- 4-48

2-4-14 Color B-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode) ------------------------------------------------------------- 4-49

2-4-15 EEPROM Writing2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-49

2-4-16 ND Color WB Automatic Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------- 4-49

2-4-17 EEPROM Writing3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-49

2-5 Recorder Section Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-50

2-5-1 Y LEVEL Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-50

2-5-2 C LEVEL Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-51

2-5-3 AGC Initial Value Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-51

2-5-4 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-52

2-5-5 SWP AUTO Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-52

2-5-6 C. FG AUTO Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-52

2-6 Tape Path Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-53

DM-XM2 ECHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-1

1. Disassembling and ReassemblingNotes :(1) When replacing the flat cable with a new one, allow it to remain folded the same as the original part.(2) The contact orientation for how the flat cable engages with the counter is specified. Refer to the instructions in the

disassembly procedure diagram and interconnection diagram for the boards.• Lateral engaging connector

(The instructions are given in the disassembly procedure diagram and board interconnection diagram.) : Contacts are positioned downward. (board side)* : Contacts are positioned upward.• Lengthwise engaging connector

(The instructions are given only in the board interconnection diagram.)Indicated by “→”. Arrowheads indicate contacts, then shafts indicate noncontacts.

(3) To secure screws, apply Three Bond 1401B. (CY9-8012-000)(4) When UL tape is applied on the original part that is to be replaced, apply the tape after replacement.

1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart

(1) Find the replacement part on the chart, and disassemble it following the instruction on chart.(2) Reassembling can be made by reversing the disassembling procedures.

START: MAIN FLOW

: SUB FLOW

: MAIN UNIT1-2 Bottom Cover Unit

1-3 Left Cover Unit

1-4 Top Cover Unit

1-5 Handle Unit

1-6 Rear Cover Unit

1-7 Right Cover Unit

1-8 CVF Unit

1-9 GY P.C.B.

1-10 CA P.C.B., LENS P.C.B.

1-11 Recorder UNIT

1-11 Camera Unit

1-12 MIC VOL FPC Ass'y

1-13 C-KEY3 P.C.B.

1-14 C-KEY2 P.C.B.

1-16 C-KEY1 P.C.B.

1-15 LCD Unit

1-17 Right Cover Ass'y

1-18 Handle Cover (B)

1-21 Cassette Cover 1-22 Cassette Arm Ass'y

1-19 R-KEY P.C.B.

1-20 R-KEY Cover

1-23 MJ P.C.B.

1-23 MAIN P.C.B. 1-24 DMC2 Recorder Unit

1-25 3P Prism Ass'y

1-26 Lens Unit

1-27 VAP Unit

1-27 Zoom Lens Ass'y 1-28 Focus Motor, Zoom Motor

1-31 Hinge Ass'y

1-31 LCD-Main FPC

1-32 Installation Method ofLCD-Main FPC

1-29 CS P.C.B.

1-30 LCD P.C.B.

1-33 EVF Hinge Ass'y 1-34 CVF P.C.B.


4-2

Fig. 4-1

3mm

a

BlackM1.7

Bottom Cover Unit

(1) - a

(1)

1-2 Separation of Bottom Cover Unit

(1) Remove the six screws (a × 6) and remove the Bottom Cover Unit.


4-3

Fig. 4-2

3mm

a

BlackM1.7

6mm

b

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

6mm

c

MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)

Cassette CoverMIC Jack Cover

Left Cover Unit

Jack Cover

(1) - a

(1) - c

A

(1) - b

(1) - a

(1) - b

(1)

(2)

(1)(1)

(2)

(2)

CN103

1-3 Separation of Left Cover Unit

(Note) Be careful not to give any shock to the part A of the DMC2 Recorder Unit.

(1) Open the Cassette Cover, MIC Jack Cover and Jack Cover. Then remove the seven screws (a × 2, b × 4, c × 1).

(2) Disconnect the connector CN103. Remove the Left Cover Unit and Jack Cover.


4-4

Fig. 4-3

6mm

c d

4mm

(2) Claws

Top Cover Unit

(2)

(1)

(1) - d OFFPLAY (VCR)CAMERA

(1) - c

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)

Camera/Recorder Switch

Note on Reassembling

1-4 Separation of Top Cover Unit

(1) Open the LCD Unit and remove the four screws (c × 2, d × 2).

(2) Remove the three claws and remove the Top Cover Unit.

<Note on Reassembling>

When reassembling the Top Cover Unit, set the Camera/Recorder Switch to OFF.


4-5

Fig. 4-4

6mm

b d u

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

BlackM1.7

6mm

(1) - u

(1) - b(1) - d

(1) - d

(2)

(2)

CN703

CN102

Handle UnitCVF Unit

1-5 Separation of Handle Unit

(1) Slide the CVF Unit in the direction of the arrow and remove the six screws (b × 3, d × 2, u × 1).

(2) Disconnect the connectors CN102 and CN703, and remove the Handle Unit.


4-6

Fig. 4-5

3mm

a

BlackM1.7

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)(1) - d

(1) - a

(1)

(2)

(2)

CN3201

Rear Cover Unit

1-6 Separation of Rear Cover Unit

(1) Raise the finder in the direction of the arrow and remove the five screws (a × 1, d × 4).

(2) Disconnect the connector CN3201 and remove the Rear Cover Unit.


4-7

Fig. 4-6

6mm

c

MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)

MetalM1.7

e

3mm

(2) - e

(1)(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)(1)

(3) - c

UL Tape

(3)(3)

CN101

Ferrite Core

Ferrite Core

CN402*

CN400*

CN801

UL Tape (35mm × 12mm)

Right Cover Unit

Bottom view


1-7 Separation of Right Cover Unit

(1) Peel off the UL Tape and disconnect the connectors CN801, CN101, CN400 and CN402. Then remove the two Ferrite

Cores.

(2) Remove the three screws (e × 3).

(3) Open the LCD Unit and remove the two screws (c × 2). Then remove the Right Cover Unit.


Move the two Ferrite Cores more in the direction of the arrow and secure them with the UL Tape (35mm × 12mm) as

shown.


4-8

Fig. 4-7

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

(1) - d

(1)

(2)

(1) - d

CVF UnitCN1501

1-8 Separation of CVF Unit

(1) Disconnect the connector CN1501 and remove the four screws (d × 4).

(2) Remove the CVF Unit.


4-9

Fig. 4-8

MetalM1.7

e

3mm

(Note)GY P.C.B.

CCD Radiator 2

Protrusion

Positioning hole

CCDRadiator 2

(1) - d

(1)

(2)

(2) - e

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)


1-9 Removing the GY P.C.B.

(1) Remove the three screws (d × 3) and remove the GY P.C.B.

(Note) Do not give any shock to the GY P.C.B. because the GYRO sensors are mounted.

(2) Remove the screw (e × 1) and remove the CCD Radiator 2.


When installing the CCD Radiator 2, align the positioning hole with the protrusion as shown.


4-10

Fig. 4-9

1-10 Removing the CA P.C.B. and LENS P.C.B.

(1) Peel off the Ferrite Core Cushion.

(2) Remove the screw (f × 1) and remove soldering. Remove the CA Earth Plate.

(3) Remove the screw (f × 1) and disconnect the connectors CN1001 and CN1051. Then remove the CA P.C.B.

(4) Remove the screw (f × 1) and disconnect the connectors CN101, CN102 and CN103. Then remove the LENS P.C.B.

MetalM1.7

f

3mm

(3) - f

CA P.C.B.

LENS P.C.B.

(2) Soldering

(4) - f

(2) - f

(2)

CN1001CN1051

Ferrite Core Cusion

(4)

(4)

(4)

(3)(3)

(1)

CA Earth Plate

CN103

CN101

CN102


4-11

Fig. 4-10

1-11 Separation of Camera Unit and Recorder UNIT

(1) Remove the five screws (e × 1, d × 4) and separate the Recorder Unit from the Camera Unit.

(Note) Be careful not to drop the Camehol Earth Plate.

(2) Disconnect the connector CN104 and remove the Card Main FPC Ass’y.

MetalM1.7

e

3mm

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

Card MainFPC Ass'y

(1)

(2)

(1) - e

(1) - d

Camehol Earth Plate(Be careful not to drop.)

Camera Unit

Recorder Unit

CN104


4-12

Fig. 4-11

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

(2) - d

(2)(2)

(3)

(3)

(2)

(1)(1)

(1)

(1) (1)

MIC VOL Dial

CN5*

CN3*

CN8*

CN4*

CN6

MIC VOL FPC Ass'y

MIC VOL Knob1

MIC VOL Knob2

MIC VOL Knob1(Be careful not to drop.)

MIC VOL Knob2(Be careful not to drop.)


1-12 Disassembly of Right Cover Unit-1

(1) Disconnect the connectors CN3, CN4, CN5, CN6 and CN8.

(2) Remove the two screws (d × 2). Peel off the double-sided adhesive tape that attaches MIC VOL FPC Ass’y to the

C-KEY2 P.C.B. Then remove the MIC VOL FPC Ass’y, MIC VOL Knob1 and MIC VOL Knob2.

(3) Remove the MIC VOL Dial from the MIC VOL FPC Ass’y.

(Note) Be careful not to drop the MIC VOL Knob1 and MIC VOL Knob2.


When reassembling the MIC VOL Knob1 and MIC VOL Knob2, rotate them to their very ends in clockwise. Then set the

MIC VOL Knob1 and MIC VOL Knob2 so that their arrows are directed to the left.


4-13

Fig. 4-12

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

C-KEY3 P.C.B.

6P FPC

SD Cover

SD Block

MagnetCard

SD Shaft

SD Holder

SD Cover2

SD Spring Be careful not to drop.

SD CoverMagnetPlate

CARD P.C.B.

Audio Knob Be careful not to drop.

Mode Knob Be careful not to drop.

REC-Serch FPC Ass'y

(1) - d

(4) - d

(4)

(4)

(4)

(5) (5)

(5)

(5)

(2) - d

(3) - d

(3)

(3)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)


(1) Remove the screw (d × 1) and remove the REC-Search FPC Ass’y.

(2) Remove the two screws (d × 2) and remove the C-KEY3 P.C.B., Audio Knob, Mode Knob and 6P FPC.

(Note) Be careful not to drop the Audio Knob and Mode Knob.

(3) Remove the two screws (d × 2). Then open the SD Cover and remove the SD Block.

(4) Remove the two screws (d × 2). Then remove the CARD P.C.B., Magnet Plate and Magnet Card.

(5) Pull out the SD Shaft and remove the SD Spring, SD Cover, SD Cover 2 and SD Holder.

(Note) Be careful not to drop the SD Spring.


4-14

Fig. 4-13

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

(1)

(1)

(1) - d

(2) - d (2)

(3)

(3) Claws

C-KEY2 P.C.B.

LCD-Main FPC

Projections

Route and connect the harnesses

Black

White

Gray

Red

Speaker Holder

Speaker Ass'y

CN2

The position of the connector

Attach the ULTape so that itis aligned withthe center ofthe PC.B.

C

D

B

A



Notes on Reassembling (1)

Note on Reassembling (2)


(1) Remove the six screws (d × 6) and disconnect the connector CN2. Then remove the C-KEY2 P.C.B.

(2) Remove the two screws (d × 2) and remove the Speaker Holder.

(3) Remove the two claws and remove the Speaker Ass’y.

<Notes on Reassembling>

(1) Route and connect the harnesses, and attach the UL Tape (9mm × 25mm) as shown. Then align the direction of the

speaker installation.

•Using the line (A) as a guideline and do not touch the hole (B). (Confirm that the plate fixing the P.C.B. is protected.)

•The wires should not override on a rib (C) and do not insert them between the C-KEY2 P.C.B. and the rib.

•Confirm that the connector is in the position shown in the figure (near the center of the speaker) after attachment of the

UL Tape.

•Be careful that the UL Tape will not be attached below the line of (D).

(2) Align the two holes of LCD Main FPC with two projections of Lid Cover Ass’y.


4-15

Fig. 4-14

g

5mmMetalM1.7

e

3mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

(1) - e (2) - g

(1)

(2)

(3)

LCD Unit

Lid Cover Ass'y


(1) Remove the two screws (e × 2) and remove the Lid Cover Ass’y.

(2) Open the LCD Unit as shown and remove the two screws (g × 2).

(3) Remove the LCD Unit in the direction of the arrow.


4-16

Fig. 4-15

h

BlackM1.7

5.5mm

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

C-KEY1 P.C.B.

C-DIAL P.C.B.

C-DIAL Holder

Vap Lock Lever

LCD Earth Plate

(1) - d

(2) - d

(3) - h

(4) - d

(3)

(4)

(4)

(1)

(2)


(1) Remove the screw (d × 1), and remove the C-DIAL P.C.B. and C-DIAL Holder together.

(2) Remove the screw (d × 1) and separate the C-DIAL Holder from the C-DIAL P.C.B.

(3) Remove the two screws (h × 2) and remove the Vap Lock Lever.

(4) Remove the five screws (d × 5), and remove the C-KEY1 P.C.B. and LCD Earth Plate.


4-17

Fig. 4-16

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)Zebra Rubber

Zebra Rubber

C-KEY Knob

LCD Level Cushion

LCD Level Cushion

Audio LCD Ass'y

Level Meter Window

Right Cover2

Right Cover Ass'y

Level Meter Frame

Level Meter Cover

(1) - d

(1) (1)

(1)(2)

(2) Claws(2) Claws

(2) Claws



(1) Remove the two screws (d × 2) and remove the Zebra Rubber, C-KEY Knob, LCD Level Cushion, Audio LCD Ass’y,

Level Meter Window, Level Meter Frame and Level Meter Cover.

(2) Remove the nine screws and separate the Right Cover 2 from the Right Cover Ass’y.


Attach the Zebra Rubber and LCD Level Cushion as shown.


4-18

Fig. 4-17



6mm

b

d

4mm

3mm

a

BlackM1.7

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)(2) - a

(2)(4) - b

(4) - a

(4) - d

(1)

(4) - b

(2) - d

(3) - d

(3)

(4)

Handle Cover (B)

Slots

Plate (BL) Spring

AC Shoe GND2 Plate

AC Shoe GND2 Plate

MJ-R-KEY FPC

R-KEY FPC Guard

R-KEY FPC GuardR-KEY Main FPC Ass'y

Tweezers

1-18 Disassembly of Handle Unit-1

(1) While raising the Plate (BL) Spring with the tweezers etc. as shown, slide it and remove it.

(2) Remove the two screws (a × 1, d × 1) and remove the AC Shoe GND2 Plate.

(3) Remove the two screws (d × 2) and remove the R-KEY FPC Guard.

(4) Remove the seven screws (a × 2, b × 4, d × 1) and remove the Handle Cover (B).


(1) After bending the MJ-R-KEY FPC as shown, install the AC Shoe GND2 Plate.

(2) When installing the R-KEY FPC Guard, bring near the R-KEY Main FPC Ass’y as shown and fix the R-KEY FPC

Guard by letting it pass through the two slots.


4-19

Fig. 4-18

6mm

b

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

BlackM1.7

j

BlackM1.7

4mm

i

2mm

(3) - i

(4) - j

(4) - j

(1) - b(1)

(5)

(1)

(2)

RT FPC Ass'y

RT FPC Separator

(4)

(3)

(2)

(1) (2) - d

Accessory Shoe

Accessory Shoe Base

Shoe ConnectorAss'y

AC Shoe Base Plate

Shoe FPC Ass'y

Microphone Ass'y

Microphone Ass'y

R-KEY P.C.B.

CN102

CN103

CN104


(1) Remove the two screws (b × 2) and disconnect the connectors CN102 and CN104. Then remove the Microphone

Ass’y.

(2) Remove the two screws (d × 2) and disconnect the connector CN103. Then remove the R-KEY P.C.B.

(3) Remove the four screws (i × 4) and remove the Accessory Shoe.

(4) Remove the three screws (j × 3) and remove the four solderings. Then remove the Accessory Shoe Base, Shoe

Connector Ass’y, AC Shoe Base Plate and Shoe FPC Ass’y.

(5) Peel off the RT FPC Separator from the RT FPC Ass’y.


4-20

Fig. 4-19

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)(1) - d

(1)

(1)

(2)

(2) - d

(2) - d

(3) - d

(3)

R-KEY Cover

R-KEY Cover Arm

R-KEY Plate

R-KEY Spring


(1) Remove the two screws (d × 2) and remove the R-KEY Plate. Then remove the R-KEY Cover and R-KEY Cover Arm

together.

(2) Remove the two screws (d × 2) and separate the R-KEY Cover Arm from the R-KEY Cover.

(3) Remove the screw (d × 1) and remove the R-KEY Spring.


4-21

MetalM1.7

e

3mm3mm

a

BlackM1.7

(2) - a

(2) - a

(4) - e

(4)

(2)

Left Cover Unit

Cassette Arm Ass'y

Grip Open Key

Cassette Cover

Cassette Cover

Hand Strap

(A)(B)

(1)

(3)Note on Reassembling

Fig. 4-20

1-21 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit-1

(1) Remove the Hand Strap from the Left Cover Unit.

(2) Open the Cassette Cover and remove the two screws (a × 2).

(3) Remove the Cassette Cover in the direction of the arrow.

(4) Remove the screw (e × 1) and remove the Grip Open Key.


When reassembling the Cassette Cover, be sure that the Grip Open Key is attached to Cassette Arm Ass’y. Then attach the

claws of Cassette Arm Ass’y in the order of (A) then (B).


4-22

Fig. 4-21

TAPE

d

4mm

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

(1) - d

(1) - d

Cassette Arm Ass'y

Cassette Arm Ass'y

Standby Lever

Mode Key

LOCKSTANDBY

CARDPHOTO

(3)

(2)


1-22 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit-2

(1) Remove the five screws (d × 5).

(2) Close the Cassette Arm Ass’y halfway.

(3) Remove the Cassette Arm Ass’y in the direction of the arrow.


Move the Standby Lever to the LOCK position and move the Mode Key to the TAPE position. Then install the Cassette

Arm Ass’y.


4-23

Fig. 4-22

MetalM1.7

e

3mm

(4) Claws

(5)

PM1 Shield Case

HA ShieldCase

PM2 ShieldCase

MJ P.C.B.

MAIN P.C.B.

MAIN P.C.B.

FPC Spacer

(1)

(2)

(2)

(1) - e

(3) - e

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)(3)

CN802

CN301

CN302

CN304

CN303

CN2000*

CN2901*

(4)

(4)


(5) Claw

1-23 Disassembly of Recorder Unit-1

(1) Remove the three screws (e × 3) and disconnect the connector CN802. Then remove the MJ P.C.B.

(2) Disconnect the connectors CN2000 and CN2901.

(3) Remove the four screws (e × 4) and disconnect the connectors CN301, CN302, CN303 and CN304. Then remove the

MAIN P.C.B.

(4) Remove the three claws. Then remove the PM1 Shield Case and PM2 Shield Case.

(5) Remove the claw and remove the HA Shield Case.


Attach the FPC Spacer in the MAIN P.C.B. as shown.


4-24

Fig. 4-23

MetalM1.7

MetalM1.7

MetalM1.4

MetalM1.4

e k

l m

3mm 3.5mm

1.6mm 1.6mm

(1) Note on Reassembling

(Note)

(2) - e

(6) - l

(6)

(5) - l

(5)

(3)

(3) - k

(1)

(2)

(4) - m

(4)

JACK FPC Ass'y

CP Cover

Recorder Holder

RH Earth Plate

DMC2 Recorder Unit

(5) Insulation Rubber

(3) Spring Plate

(5) Insulation Rubber

Micon Cover

DMC FPC Ass'y JACK FPC Ass'y

FPC SpacerBe sure to place the unit withthe Cassette Compartmentfacing downward.

1-24 Disassembly of Recorder Unit-2

(1) Disconnect the DMC FPC Ass’y from the DMC2 Recorder Unit.

(2) Remove the four screws (e × 4) and remove the JACK FPC Ass’y.

(3) Remove the three screws (k × 3) and separate the Recorder Holder from the DMC2 Recorder Unit. Then remove the

Spring Plate.

(Note) When placing the DMC2 Recorder Unit on a worktable with the Recorder Holder removed, be sure

to place it with the Cassette Compartment side facing downward.

(If the gear on the rear of the Main Chassis is located down side, the gear may be damaged.)

(4) Remove the screw (m × 1) and remove the RH Earth Plate.

(5) Remove the screw (l × 1) and remove the CP Cover. Then remove the three Insulation Rubbers.

(6) Remove the screw (l × 1) and remove the Micon Cover.


(1) Attach the FPC Spacer in the JACK FPC Ass’y as shown.

(2) When the Insulation Rubber that is supplied as repair part, is going to be used, apply the Hanarl KS-50M (DY9-3047-

000) on the entire surface of the Insulation Rubber.


4-25

Fig. 4-24

6mm

b

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

(1) - b

(1)

3P Prism Ass'y

1-25 Disassembly of Camera Unit-1

(1) Remove the three screws (b × 3) and remove the 3P Prism Ass’y.


4-26

Fig. 4-25

d

4mm6mm

b

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

MetalM1.7

e

3mm

Lens Holder

G Plate

Camera Holder

Nut Plate

Lens Unit

Claws

(1) - e

(2) - b(2) - d

(3) - d

(3)

(2) - d

(4)

(1) - d

(1)

(2)

1-26 Disassembly of Camera Unit-2

(1) Remove the four screws (d × 2, e × 2) and remove the Lens Holder.

(2) Remove the five screws (b × 1, d × 4) and remove the two claws. Then remove the Lens Unit.

(3) Remove the screw (d × 1) and remove the G Plate.

(4) Remove the Nut Plate from the Camera Holder.


4-27

Fig. 4-26

7mm

n

MetalM2.0

(Self Tap)

Zoom Lens Ass'y

VAP Unit

(1) - n

(1)(1) - n

1-27 Disassembly of Lens Unit-1

(1) Remove the two screws (n × 2) and rotate the Zoom Lens Ass’y in the direction of the arrow a little. Then separate the

Zoom Lens Ass’y from the VAP Unit.


4-28

Fig. 4-27

o p q r

4.5mm 8mm16.5mm

5mm

(4) - o

(2) - q

(2) - p

(2) - p

(4) - o

(4) - o

(3) - r

(2)

(1) - o

(4) - o

(3)

(3) - α

(3) - α

(4) - β

(4) - β (4) - β(1)

(4)

(4)(4)

Focus Motor

ZoomMotor

Washer

Relay Lens Unit

Front Lens Unit

IG/ND Meter

MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)

MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)


(1) Remove the two screws (o × 2) and remove the Focus Motor from the body tube.

(2) Remove the four screws (p × 2, q × 2) and separate the Front Lens Unit from the Relay Lens Unit.

(3) Remove the screw (r × 1) and remove the solderings (α) of the IG/ND Meter. Then remove the IG/ND Meter.

(4) After removing the screws (o) and the solderings (β) of the parts to exchange, remove the parts.

<Instruction for Supply>

ZOOM/FOCUS Motor Shaft (1) : LOGENEST LAMBDA A-74 (CY9-8102-000)

Guide Bar (2) : GREASE GE-C9 (CY9-8043-000)

Focus Ring (rear side) (3) : GE-C5 (DY9-3043-000)

Focus Ring (front side) (4) : FLOIL 92KB (DY9-8097-000)


4-29

Fig. 4-28

7mm

s

6mm

c

MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)

MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)

MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)

MetalM1.7

(Self Tap)

r

5mm

(1) - s

A

(2) - r

(2)

(2) - r

(3) - o

(3)

(3)

(1)

(1)

Focus RingHolder

Focus Ring

VAP Lock Shaft

Lens Cover

CS P.C.B.

15P FPCProtect CoverAss'y (3) - c

(3)

(3)

(4) - r

(4) - r

(4) - r(4)

CN102*

CN103*

o

4.5mm

CN101

Coil Spring Be careful not to drop.


(1) Remove the three screws (s × 3) and remove the Focus Ring Holder, Focus Ring and the VAP Lock Shaft.

(2) Remove the two screws (r × 2) and remove the Lens Cover.

(Note) Be careful not to drop the Coil Spring.

(3) Remove the two screws (o × 1, c × 1) and remove the connectors CN101, CN102 and CN103 on the CS P.C.B.

Then remove the CS P.C.B. and 15P FPC.

(4) Remove the three screws (r × 3) and remove the Protect Cover Ass’y.

(The adhesive : DIA BOND is applied to the portion (A).)


4-30

Fig. 4-29

d

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

4mm

MetalM1.7

e

3mm

(1) Claws

(1) Claws

(A) Claws

(1) - e

(1)

(1) - e (2) - d

(4) - e

LCD Top Cover

LCD Sheet

LCD Ass'y

LCD Holder

LCD P.C.B.,LCD BacklightAss'y

LCD BacklightAss'y

LCD P.C.B.

LCD P.C.B.LCD Backlight Ass'y

LCD-SW1 FPC

LCD-SW1FPC

LCD-SW1 FPC

Hole of the LCD-SW1

LCD Bottom Cover

LCD Bottom CoverLCD Ass'y

Hinge Ass'y

Hinge Ass'y

Protrusion of the Hinge Ass'y

(4) Solderings

(3)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(4)(2)

(2)

(2)

(B)

(1)

CN903

CN902

CN901*


1-30 Disassembly of LCD Unit-1

(1) Remove the three screws (e × 3) and remove the four claws, and remove the LCD Top Cover in the direction of thearrow. Then Peel off the LCD Sheet.

(2) Remove the screw (d × 1) and remove the connectors CN902 and CN903. Then remove the LCD P.C.B., LCD

Backlight Ass’y, Hinge Ass’y, LCD Ass’y, LCD Holder and LCD Bottom Cover.

<Note on Reassembling>When installing the LCD P.C.B. and the LCD Backlight Ass’y, engage the two claws (A) of the LCD Backlight Ass’y intothe two slots on the Hinge Ass’y, and install them in the LCD Bottom Cover. Then insert the LCD-SW1 FPC (B) in the

crevice between the Hinge Ass’y and the LCD Bottom Cover (Then confirm that the protrusion of the Hinge Ass’y and the

hole of the LCD-SW1 FPC are aligned.). And secure the screw (d × 1) of (2).

(3) Remove the connector CN901 and remove the LCD-SW1 FPC.

(4) Remove the screw (e × 1), remove the two solderings and separate the LCD Backlight Ass’y from the LCD P.C.B.


4-31

Fig. 4-30

d

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

4mm


Magnet Sheet,Magnet

Magnet

Silver surfaceBlack surface

Hole

Hinge Ass'y

Hinge Ass'y

Hinge Cover (T)

Hinge Cover (B)

LCD-Main FPC

(1) - d

(2)

(3)

(3)

(1)

(4)

LCD-Main FPC

Hinge Ass'y

(3) Claws Do not breake the claws.

1-31 Disassembly of LCD Unit-2

(1) Remove the two screws (d × 2) and rotate the Hinge Ass’y in the direction of the arrow.

(2) Remove the Magnet Sheet and the Magnet.

(3) Remove the two claws, and remove the Hinge Cover (T) and the Hinge Cover (B).

(4) Rotate the LCD-Main FPC in the direction of the arrow and separate the LCD-Main FPC from the Hinge Ass’y.


When installing the magnet, let the black surface of the magnet be directed to the hole of the Hinge Cover. Then install it.


4-32

Fig. 4-31

Valley foldingabout 25mm

about 20mmPeak folding

Align the square portions with the adhesive-coated portionsand fold the flexible board by the valley folding.

LCD-Main FPC

Hinge Ass'y

Hinge Ass'y

Hinge Ass'y

Hinge Ass'yHinge Ass'y

LCD-Main FPC

LCD-Main FPC

LCD-Main FPC

LCD-Main FPC

Assembling the LCD-Main FPC(1)

(2) (3) (4)

(Completed assembly)

(Preparation before installation)

1-32 Installation Method of LCD-Main FPC

(1) When installing the LCD-Main FPC, place the Hinge Ass’y in the position as shown in the figure.

(2) Place the LCD-Main FPC on top of the Hinge Ass’y as shown.

(3) Wrap the LCD-Main FPC in the direction of the arrow around the Hinge Ass’y.

(4) Wrap the LCD-Main FPC in the direction of the arrow around the Hinge Ass’y two and half times.


4-33

Fig. 4-32

6mm

b

3mm

a

BlackM1.7 Black

M1.7(Self Tap)

d

BlackM1.7

(Self Tap)

4mm

Flexible board of CVF-Main FPC

The JOINTu portion ofthe EVF Hinge Ass'y

EVF Hinge Ass'y

EVF HingeAss'y

FPC drop-safehooking plate

FPC drop-safehooking plate

CVF Top Cover

CVF Top Cover

FPC Guide

Eye Cup

(1)

(2)

(3)(3)

(2) - a

(4) - d

(4) - b

(6) - d

(6)(Note)

(5)

CVF-MainFPC

EVF HingeAss'y



1-33 Disassembly of CVF Unit-1

(1) Slide the JOINTu portion of the EVF Hinge Ass’y in the direction of the arrow.

(2) Remove the screw (a × 1), remove the P.C.B. block of the CVF-Main FPC and remove the CVF-Main FPC flexible

board from the hole of the EVF Hinge Ass’y.

(3) Raise the JOINTu portion of the EVF Hinge Ass’y and remove the FPC Guide.

(4) Remove the four screws (b × 2, d × 2) and remove the EVF Hinge Ass’y.

(5) Remove the Eye Cup.

(6) Remove the two screws (d × 2) and remove the FPC drop-safe hooking plate from the groove of the CVF Top Cover.

(Note) When removing the FPC drop-safe hooking plate, be careful not to damage the flexible board.


(1) Pass the flexible board of the CVF-Main FPC through the hole of the EVF Hinge Ass’y.

(2) When installing the CVF Top Cover, insert the FPC drop-safe hooking plate into the groove of the CVF Top Cover.


4-34

t

3.5mm

BlackM1.7


Knob Cushion

Dioptric Holder

Lens Spacer

Eye Lens

CVF P.C.B.

Glaring surface

Contacting surface

CVF P.C.B.

(3) Claws

CVF CleaningCover

CVF BottomCover

Dioptric ADJ Knob

CVF-MainFPC

Mask Plate

Mask Plate

EVF LCD

EVF LCD

(2)

(4)

(5)(6)

(5)

(5)

(3)

(1)

(1)

(1) - t

(5) Claws

(5) Claws

(4) Claws

LCD CVF Cusion

LCD CVF Cusion

BacklightAss'y (CVF)

Backlight Ass'y (CVF)

CN4102

CN4101

Inner Lens Be careful not to drop.

Eye Piece Lens Holder Be careful not to drop.

Fig. 4-33

1-34 Disassembly of CVF Unit-2

(1) Remove the screw (t×1) and remove the Dioptric ADJ Knob, Knob Cushion and CVF Bottom Cover.

(Note) Be careful not to drop the Inner Lens and Eye Piece Lens Holder.

(2) Remove the Inner Lens and Eye Piece Lens Holder.

(3) Remove the two claws and remove the CVF Cleaning Cover from the CVF Bottom Cover.

(4) Remove the two claws and remove the Diptric Holder. Then remove the Lens Spacer and Eye Lens.(5) Remove the connectors CN4101 and CN4102. Then remove the four claws, and remove the CVF P.C.B. and

CVF-Main FPC. Then remove the LCD CVF Cushion, EVF LCD and Mask Plate.

(6) Remove the two solderings and separate the Backlight Ass’y from the CVF P.C.B.

<Note on Reassembling>When reassembling, the contacting surface of the EVF LCD flexible board should face the LCD CVF Cushion side, and

the same time the glaring surface of the LCD CVF Cushion should face the CVF P.C.B. side.


4-35

1-35 List of Screws Used

XA1-7170-309 M1.7-3.0mm

XA4-9170-609M1.7-6.0mm

XA4-9170-409 4mm

6mm

5mm

6mm

3mm 1.6mm

1.6mm

3mm

3mm

M1.7-4.0mm

XA4-9170-607M1.7-6.0mm

M1.7-3.0mm

M1.7-3.0mm

M1.7-5.0mm

(Black)

(Black)

(Black)

(Black)

(Black)

(Black)

(Black)

XA1-7170-609 M1.7-6.0mm 6mm

M1.7-1.6mm

M1.4-1.6mm

M1.7-2.0mm

XA1-7170-307

XA9-1382-000

XA4-9170-509

XA1-3170-409

XA1-7170-207

XA1-7140-167

XA4-4200-706

YA1-2179-000

XA4-9170-507

XA9-1283-000

XA1-7170-167

XA4-9170-457

XA9-1399-000

M1.7-4mm

M2.0-7.0mm

M1.7-16.5 mm

M1.7-5.0mm

M1.4-3.5mm

M1.7-4.5mm4.5mm

7mm

7mmXA4-9170-707M1.7-7.0mm

5mm

M1.7-3.5mm

XA9-1118-000M1.7-5.5mm

XA4-9170-807M1.7-8.0mm

8mm

16.5mm

5.5mm

3.5mm

4mm

2mm 3.5mm

Stepped Screw

Stepped Screw

Stepped Screw

Flat Head Screw

Self Tap

Self Tap Self Tap

Self Tap

Self Tap

Self Tap

Self Tap

Self Tap

Self Tap

Self Tap

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

(Metal)

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

m

n

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

j

k

l

PARTS NO. REMARKS ILLUST PARTS NO. REMARKS ILLUSTS

YM

BO

L

SY

MB

OL


4-36

1-36 List of Disassembly Photos

Left Cover Unit Left Side

Rear Cover Unit Right Cover Unit

Right Side Camera Recorder Unit (front)


4-37

Camera Recorder Unit (rear) Main P.C.B.

Recorder Unit Lens Unit


4-38

2. Adjustment Procedures

2-1 Adjustment Items in Part ReplacementAfter replacement of major parts, carry out adjustment referring to the table shown below. Note that the following tableshows mini-mum required adjustments to be performed after replacing any major part. In case that two or more parts havebeen replaced or any faulty condition has occurred, take a proper adjustment procedure accordingly.

K : Adjustment is required

Camera system

Part nameNo. Adjustment item

LensVAP 3D MAIN CA GY

Adjustment

ASSY PRISM PCB PCB PCB Setting

2-2. AF Section Adjustment2-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment K K K Product condition2-2-2 Cam Correction (AUTO) K K K Product condition

2-3. VAP Section Adjustment2-3-1 GYRO OFFSET AUTO Adjustment K K Product condition

2-3-2 PWM-DC AUTO Adjustment K K Product condition2-3-3 GYRO GAIN Adjustment K K Product condition2-3-4 EEPROM Writing K K K Product condition

2-4. Camera Section Adjustment2-4-1 IRIS Encoder and Offset K K K K Product condition2-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) K K K K Product condition2-4-3 WB Adjustment (1) Extraction

K K K K Product conditionRange AUTO Adjustment

2-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) K K K K Product condition2-4-5 WB Adjustment (2) Extraction

K K K K Product conditionRange AUTO Adjustment

2-4-6 Color R-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode) K K K K Product condition2-4-7 Color Ye-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode) K K K K Product condition2-4-8 Color G-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode) K K K K Product condition2-4-9 Color B-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode) K K K K Product condition

2-4-10 EEPROM Writing1 K K K K Product condition2-4-11 Color R-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode) K K K K Product condition2-4-12 Color Ye-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode) K K K K Product condition2-4-13 Color G-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode) K K K K Product condition2-4-14 Color B-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode) K K K K Product condition2-4-15 EEPROM Writing2 K K K K Product condition

2-4-16 ND Color WB Automatic Adjustment K K K K Product condition2-4-17 EEPROM Writing3 K K K K Product condition

Recorder System Adjustment

Part nameNo. Adjustment item MAIN

DMC IIAdjustment

PCB Setting

2-5. Recorder System Adjustment2-5-1, 2-5-2 Y LEVEL/C LEVEL Adjustment K Product condition2-5-3 AGC Initial Value Adjustment K Product condition2-5-4 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment K Product condition

2-5-5 SWP AUTO Adjustment K K Product condition2-5-6 C. FG AUTO Adjustment K K Product condition

DMC II

2-6 Tape Path Adjustment Tape Path Adjustment

setting


4-39

2-2 AF Section Adjustment

Note)

(1) The sections 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment and 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) must be executed consecutively. If

they are performed independently, the sufficient performance cannot be obtained.

Also, when section 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment is completed, execute section 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO)

must be executed immediately without elapse of time. If execute section 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) is executed

after elapse of time upon completion of section 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment, the sufficient performance cannot be

obtained.

Preparation)

(1) For CZ automatic adjustment/cam correction, set the product condition.

(2) Adjustment condition (initial condition)

Tape/Card : Tape

Program AE : Auto Mode

ZOOM : Telephoto-end (Turn off the electronic zoom)

CZ adjustment chart : 2.4 ± 0.02 m from lens front

Chart luminance : 500 lux or more (High illuminance should be avoided at the wide-angle end.)

2-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment

CHART CZ adjustment chart

SPEC. At STEP 5, DT : AA should be attained.

Procedure)

(1) In the telephoto-end setting, bring the center of chart image to the center of monitor TV.

(2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out CZ automatic adjustment in the service mode.

(3) Perform the cam correction.


CZ PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 1 WR **00 1C WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK High address “1D” is set up.

2 1) Read out the data, and add 80h 5 0 WR 1C7C WAIT

to the data.

ex) 00 → 80

40 → C0

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Move to adjustment mode.

3 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 3 WR **00 31 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK High address “31” is set up.

4 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3100 00 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 00-08 BUSY Automatic adjustment is started. Then, it is

completed in 30 seconds approximately. If any NG

condition is encountered in automatic adjustment,

check the parts inside the lens section.

5 Judgment on result of 5 2 RD 3100 AA WAIT Adjustment is completed (result is OK).

adjustment Perform the cam correction.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ FF WAIT Adjustment is completed (result is NG).

Take the procedure again from the beginning.


4-40

2-2-2 Cam correction (AUTO)

CHART CZ adjustment chart

SPEC. Automatic adjustment

Procedure)

(1) Turn the main power off and on.

(2) Perform the cam correction by following the table below.

(3) Turn off the main power then back on. Check that defocusing does not occur in ordinary zooming operation. (AF ON)

(4) If the result is NG, perform 2-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment and 2-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO).


CAM CORRECTION PG BK MD ADDR DT ST




2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK

3 Set the zoom position to the telephotoend.

After the focusing is stopped, turn the AF off.


2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Perform the automatic correction.


2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK EEP write preparetion.


2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Completion of writing the correction data.


4-41


VAP ADJ MODE PG BK MD ADDR DT ST


2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD **00 ↑ OK High address “32” is set up.

2-3 VAP Section Adjustment

Preparation)

(1) VAP adjustment is made at a product status.

(2) Prepare a tripod or stable bench.

<Preparation for IS adjustment>

(1) According to the following table, set the high address of VAP adjustment mode.

2-3-1 GYRO OFFSET AUTO Adjustment


Procedure)

(1) Wait for 30 seconds or more without shaking the camera.

(2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out.

Note : After the STORE key is pressed, it will take approx. 25 seconds at maximum to reach the completion

of adjustment (OK).

2-3-2 PWM-DC AUTO Adjustment


Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out.


GYRO OFFSET AUTO PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 320D 00 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Adjustment is completed.


PWM-DC PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 320E 00 WAIT



4-42

2-3-3 GYRO GAIN Adjustment

SPEC. Data writing

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, write the data.


GYRO GAIN PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 Gyro YAW gain adjustment

1-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3200 B4 WAIT


2 Gyro PITCH gain adjustment

2-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3201 A3 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Adjusment is completed.

2-3-4 EEPROM Writing

SPEC. Automatic writing

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, write the adjustment data (from 2-3-1 through 2-3-2) into EEPROM.


EEPROM WRITING PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 320F 00 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Writing is completed.


4-43

2-4 Camera Section Adjustment

Note)

(1) Each adjustment data shown below becomes effective after it is written into the respective EEPROMs shown below.

If power must be turned OFF/ON during each adjustment, be sure to perform the EEPROM write procedure as men-

tioned in 2-4-6.

(2) The adjustments from 2-4-2 through 2-4-5 must be carried out in series.

Preparation)

(1) For camera section adjustment, take the product condition.

(2) Adjustment condition (initial condition)

Program AE : Auto Mode

AF : OFF

Image stabilizer : OFF

Chart : Standard angle of view (Set the angle after setting the high address.)

<Preparation for adjustment>(1) Referring to the table shown below, set the high address for camera adjustment mode.


CAM ADJ MODE PG BK MD ADDR DT ST




IRIS ENC. PG BK MD ADDR DT ST


2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ BUSY Adjustment is in progress.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Adjustment is completed.

2-4-1 IRIS Encoder Adjustment

CHART Light box (5600° K), and Gray scale


Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, adjust the Iris Encoder.

Adjustment item EEPROM writing

2-4-1 to 2-4-9 2-4-10

2-4-11 to 2-4-14 2-4-15

2-4-16 2-4-17


4-44

2-4-2 WB Adjustment (1)

CHART LIGHT BOX (5600° K) + CCA12 filter

M. EQ. Vector scope

TP/TRIG VIDEO OUT

SPEC The vector bright dot shall be at the center. (Fig. 4-34)

Procedure)

(1) While observing the vector scope screen, carry out the WB Adjustment (1) manual adjustment by changing data (DT)

at the four addresses (ADDR) in the table below.


WB (1) PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

R-Gain coarse adj. 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 3004 “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ADJ OK Adjustment is completed.

R-Gain fine adj. 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 3005 “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


B-Gain coarse adj. 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 3006 “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


B-Gain fine adj. 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 3007 “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


Fig. 4-34

BURSTBRIGHTSPOT


4-45

2-4-3 WB Adjustment (1) Extraction Range AUTO Adjustment

CHART LIGHT BOX (5600° K) + CCA12 filter

SPEC Automatic adjustment

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table below, carry out the adjustment

2-4-4 WB Adjustment (2)

CHART LIGHT BOX (5600° K)

M. EQ. Vector scope

TP/TRIG VIDEO OUT

SPEC The vector bright dot shall be at the center. (Fig. 4-35)

Procedure)

(1) While observing the vector scope screen, carry out the WB Adjustment (2) manual adjustment by changing data (DT)

at the four addresses (ADDR) in the table below.



1 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 3008 00 WAIT


↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ADJ OK Adjustment is completed.



R-Gain coarse adj. 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 3009 “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


R-Gain fine adj. 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 300A “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


B-Gain coarse adj. 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 300B “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


B-Gain fine adj. 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 300C “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


Fig. 4-35

BURSTBRIGHTSPOT


4-46

2-4-5 WB Adjustment (2) Extraction Range AUTO Adjustment



Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table below, carry out the adjustment.

2-4-6 Color R-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode)

CHART LIGHT BOX (5600° K) + color bar chart

M. EQ. Vector scope

TP/TRIG VIDEO OUT

SPEC GAIN: × 2.5 (with reference to burst), PHASE: 100°

Procedure)

(1) While observing the vector scope screen, carry out the color R-Gain manual adjustment by changing data (DT) at the

four addresses (ADDR) in the table below.

2-4-7 Color Ye-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode)


M. EQ. Vector scope

TP/TRIG VIDEO OUT


Procedure)

(1) While observing the vector scope screen, carry out the color Ye-Gain manual adjustment by changing data (DT) at the




1 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 300D 00 WAIT




Color R-Gain PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

GAIN 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 300E “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


PHESE 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 300F “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.



Color Ye-Gain PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

GAIN 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 3010 “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


PHESE 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 3011 “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.



4-47

2-4-8 Color G-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode)


M. EQ. Vector scope

TP/TRIG VIDEO OUT


Procedure)

(1) While observing the vector scope screen, carry out the color G-Gain manual adjustment by changing data (DT) at the


2-4-9 Color B-Gain Adjustment (Tape Mode)


M. EQ. Vector scope

TP/TRIG VIDEO OUT


Procedure)

(1) While observing the vector scope screen, carry out the color B-Gain manual adjustment by changing data (DT) at the



Color G-Gain PG BK MD ADDR DT ST






Color B-Gain PG BK MD ADDR DT ST









2-4-10 EEPROM Writing1

SPEC Automatic writing

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table below, write adjustment data (2-4-1 to 2-4-9) into the EEPROM.


4-48

2-4-11 Color R-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode)


M. EQ. Vector scope

TP/TRIG VIDEO OUT


Procedure)

(1) While observing the vector scope screen, carry out the color R-Gain manual adjustment by changing data (DT) at the


2-4-12 Color Ye-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode)


M. EQ. Vector scope

TP/TRIG VIDEO OUT


Procedure)

(1) While observing the vector scope screen, carry out the color Ye-Gain manual adjustment by changing data (DT) at the



Color R-Gain PG BK MD ADDR DT ST



PHESE 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 301A “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.



Color Ye-Gain PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

GAIN 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 301B “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


PHESE 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 301C “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.



Color G-Gain PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

GAIN 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 301D “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


PHESE 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 301E “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.


2-4-13 Color G-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode)


M. EQ. Vector scope

TP/TRIG VIDEO OUT


Procedure)

(1) While observing the vector scope screen, carry out the color G-Gain manual adjustment by changing data (DT) at the



4-49

2-4-14 Color B-Gain Adjustment (Card Mode)


M. EQ. Vector scope

TP/TRIG VIDEO OUT


Procedure)

(1) While observing the vector scope screen, carry out the color B-Gain manual adjustment by changing data (DT) at the



Color B-Gain PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

GAIN 1) Make the setting shown at right and change DT. 5 2 WR 301F “ADJ” WAIT Adjustment is in progress.










Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table below, write adjustment data (2-4-11 to 2-4-14) into the EEPROM.


ND COLOR WB PG BK MD ADDR DT ST




2-4-16 ND Color WB Automatic Adjustment



Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table below, perform the adjustment.







Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table below, write adjustment data (2-4-16) into the EEPROM.


4-50

2-5 Recorder Section Adjustment

Preparation)

(1) Except for the tape-path adjustment, carry out adjustment in the product state.

2-5-1 Y LEVEL Adjustment

TP/TRIG. VIDEO OUT

M. EQ. Oscilloscope

SPEC. 990 ± 20 [mV]

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out Y level

adjustment.

Fig. 4-36


Y LEVEL PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 001E ADJ White raster is output.

2) For adjustment , change data ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ “ADJ” Adjustment is in progress.

properly.

3) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Adjustment is completed.

990 ± 20mV


4-51

Fig. 4-37


C LEVEL PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 001F ADJ Green raster is output.

2) For adjustment , change data ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ “ADJ” Adjustment is in progress.

properly.


710 ± 20mV

2-5-3 AGC Initial Value Adjustment

SIGNAL COLOR BAR

MODE E-E (ANALOG LINE IN)

SPEC. Automatic write

Procedure)

(1) Input a color bar signal to the analog line circuit from the pattern generator.

(2) Carry out AGC initial value adjustment according to the table shown below.


AGC INITIAL PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 7 0 WR **04 FF

2) Press t he STORE Key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ + Automatic adjustment is in progress.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Automatic adjustment is completed.

2-5-2 C LEVEL Adjustment

TP/TRIG. VIDEO OUT

M. EQ. Oscilloscope

SPEC. 710 ± 20 [mV]

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out C level

adjustment.


4-52

2-5-5 SWP AUTO Adjustment

MODE Playback of color bar master (DY9-1347-000)


Procedure)

(1) While playing back the color bar master, carry out SWP automatic adjustment referring to the table shown below.


SWP (AUTO) PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 7 0 WR **01 --

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ + Automatic adjustment is in progress.



C.FG (AUTO) PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 7 0 WR **03 --

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ + Automatic adjustment is in progress.


2-5-6 C. FG AUTO Adjustment

MODE Playback of color bar master (DY9-1347-000)


Procedure)

(1) While playing back the color bar master, carry out C.FG automatic adjustment referring to the table shown below.

2-5-4 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment

MODE During camera recording in product condition (AF: OFF, LCD PANEL: ON)

SPEC. Power supply voltage: 5.85 ± 0.02 [V]

Note)

1) Perform the adjustment after 4sec of recording start.

Procedure)

(1) Under the above condition, set a power supply voltage to 5.85 ± 0.02 [V].

(2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out battery voltage drop adjustment.


BATTERY VOLTAGE DROP PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 7 2 WR **FF --



4-53

2-6 Tape Path Adjustment

Note)

(1) For tape path adjustment, the service mode setting is necessary. For the details of setting procedure, refer to the DMC

II Service Manual separately issued.

Preparation)

(1) For tape path adjustment, make the setting B (P.3-3).

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table given below (STEP 1), set up the forced SP mode.

(2) Referring to the table given below (STEPS 2, 3, 4), play back the tracking master (DY9-1345-000) for tape path

adjustment. At STEP 3, perform tracking shift by adjusting DT in a range of 01 to 07 so that the RF envelope will be

70%.

(3) After adjustment, restore the settings of forced SP and tracking shift to the normal conditions of the product state

referring to the table given below (STEP 5).


TRACKING TAPE PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Set up the forced SP mode.

1-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 5 WR **00 01

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * High address “01” is set up.

1-2 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 0110 1A

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Completion of forced SP mode setting.

2 1) Play back the tracking tape.

3 1) Set up tracking shift.



3-2 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 0051 FF

2) Perform 70% tracking shift by ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 00~0F * The amount of tracking shift is changed.

adjusting DT in a range of 00 to

07.

4 1) Perform tape path adjustment with the RF envelope in 70% tracking shift state.

5 1) Restore the settings to the normal conditions of the product state.

5-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 0051 FF

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Tracking shift released



5-3 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 0110 18

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Forced SP mode released


4-54

Copy the chart on a transparent film. Trim and attach

the transparent chart on a vectorscope display.

: Movie picture

: Still picture

BURST

B-Y

R-Y

DM-XM2 E

Color balance adjustment chart

PAL

R R

Ye

Ye

G

G

B

B

0°

CHAPTER 5. PARTS LIST

CONTENTS

EXPLODED VIEWS

Casing Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-2

Left Cover Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-4

Top Cover/Rear Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-6

Handle Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-8

CVF Unit Section -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-10

Right Cover Unit Section ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-12

LCD Unit Section -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-14

Camera/Recorder Unit Section ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-16

Lens Unit Section -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-18

Mechanical Chassis Section-1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-20




Accessories Section-1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-28




ELECTRICAL PARTS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-36

PARTS LIST ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-37

5-1

1. Especially critical parts in the power circuit block should not be replaced with other marks.

Critical parts are marked with ! in this electrical parts list.

2. The numbers indicated on the connectors do not correspond to the symbol numbers.

Please check the correct symbol numbers of the connectors on the interconnection schematic diagram.

Worded : “CAUTION-FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE, REPLACE FU3204,

FU3205 ONLY SAME TYPE : 49401.5 1.5A-32V FUSE

MANUFACTURER : LITTELFUSE, REPLACE FU3201 ONLY SAME TYPE : 4941.25 1.25A-32V

FUSE MANUFACTURER : LITTLE FUSE AND REPLACE FU3203, FU3206, FU3207 ONLY SAME

TYPE : 494001 1.0A-32V FUSE MANUFACTURER : LITTLEFUSE FUSE”

CAUTION

DM-XM2 E

5-2

Casing Unit Section

16

1×2

2

2

5

3

1×33

3×2

3

4

56

810

13

11

1415

12

9

2×6 2×3

2

1×4

5×3

7×3

3×2

1

1

1

TOP COVER UNIT

LEFT COVER UNIT

REARCOVERUNIT

CAMERA/RECORDER/LENS UNIT

CVF UNITHANDLEUNIT

RIGHT COVER UNIT

DM-XM2 E

5-3

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

MECHANICAL PARTS

1 XA4-9170-409 000 F 12 SCREW2 XA1-7170-309 000 F 12 SCREW3 XA4-9170-609 000 F 7 SCREW4 DA2-1989-000 000 B 1 COVER, JACK5 XA4-9170-607 000 F 5 SCREW

6 DG1-4460-000 000 C 1 FPC, ASSY MAIN-CK27 XA1-7170-307 000 F 3 SCREW8 WE8-6025-000 000 C 2 CORE, FERRITE NEW9 DA2-2044-000 000 C 1 CUSION, FERRITE CORE NEW

10 DA2-1990-000 000 B 1 COVER, BOTTOM NEW

11 DA2-1991-000 000 C 1 BASE, TRIPOD NEW12 DA2-1994-000 000 C 1 LABEL, LI NEW13 DA2-2039-000 000 C 1 PLATE, RATING NEW14 D52-0210-000 000 C 1 HOOD, LENS NEW15 DG1-3740-000 000 B 1 CAP, LENS

16 XA1-7170-609 000 F 1 SCREW

DM-XM2 E

5-4

Left Cover Unit Section

1

24

24

1

1

23

4

5

67

88

9

10 1112

14

15

1617

18

1920

2122

23

13

1×4

16 ×2

16×216×5

16×2

*

*

* The screw XA4-9170-459 is used when shipped from the factory.

Use the screw of item No. 16 (XA4-9170-409) for servicing.

DM-XM2 E

5-5


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 XA1-7170-307 000 F 7 SCREW2 DA2-1887-000 000 C 1 WINDOW, CASSETTE NEW3 DA2-1873-000 000 B 1 COVER, CASSETTE NEW4 DA2-1888-000 000 B 1 COVER, MIC JACK NEW5 DA2-1889-000 000 B 1 COVER, LENS L SIDE NEW

6 DA2-1985-000 000 B 1 STRAP ASS’Y, HAND NEW7 DA2-1872-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEFT NEW8 DA2-1895-000 000 B 2 MASK POST NEW9 DG1-7395-000 000 B 1 ZOOM KEY ASS’Y NEW

10 DA1-9588-000 000 F 1 KEY, GRIP OPEN

11 DA1-9576-000 000 F 1 SPRING, PLATE12 DA1-9574-000 000 F 1 LEVER, STANDBY13 DS1-0152-000 000 F 1 SPRING, COIL14 DA1-9573-000 000 F 1 KEY, TRIGGER15 DA2-1876-000 000 B 1 SWITCH PHOTO NEW

16 XA4-9170-409 000 F 12 SCREW17 DA2-1875-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, MODE SWITCH NEW18 DG1-4455-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, TRIGGER NEW19 DA2-1890-000 000 C 1 PLATE, C LOCK NEW20 DF1-1654-000 000 B 1 CASSETTE ARMU ASS’Y NEW

21 DA1-9575-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, TRIGGER KEY22 DY1-8482-000 000 B 1 KEY, MODE23 DA2-1881-000 000 C 1 PLATE, NUT NEW24 XA1-7170-309 000 F 2 SCREW

DM-XM2 E

5-6

Top Cover/Rear Unit Section

1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

6×2

6×3

6×2

DM-XM2 E

5-7


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 DY1-8459-000 000 B 1 COVER, ASS’Y TOP NEW2 DA2-1902-000 000 B 1 KEY, POWER TOP NEW3 DA2-1903-000 000 B 1 KNOB, POWER LOCK NEW4 DS1-5419-000 000 C 1 SPRING, POWER LOCK NEW5 DA2-1904-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, POWER KEY NEW

6 XA4-9170-409 000 F 7 SCREW7 DA2-1905-000 000 C 1 SPRING, POWER CLICK NEW8 DF1-1473-000 000 C 1 CONTACT ASS’Y, BATTERY9 DA1-9551-000 000 B 1 RUBBER, BOTTOM

10 DY1-8451-000 000 B 1 COVER, REAR NEW

11 DS1-0157-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL12 DA2-1988-000 000 B 1 LEVER, BATTERY LOCK NEW

DM-XM2 E

5-8

Handle Unit Section

1

23

49

5

6

7

3

3

8

10

11

13

14

16

17

1819

20

21

22

24

25

26

2728

29(30)

(31)

(33)

(32)

23

(3)

(3)3

3

3×2

15×4

12×2

12×2

12×2

12

123×2

23×2

3×2

(3)×2(27)×2

27×2

DM-XM2 E

5-9


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 DY1-8461-000 000 B 1 COVER, HANDLE(T) NEW2 DA1-9618-000 000 B 1 KNOB, HOLD KEY3 XA4-9170-409 000 F 15 SCREW4 DA2-1937-000 000 B 1 COVER, R-KEY NEW5 DA2-1941-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, HOLD KNOB NEW

6 DA2-2035-000 000 C 1 CUSHION, PHOTO-KEY NEW7 DF1-1655-000 000 C 1 PLATE, R-KEY NEW8 DA2-1998-000 000 C 1 SPRING, R-KEY NEW9 DA2-1942-000 000 C 1 ARM, R-KEY COVER NEW

10 DA2-1999-000 000 C 1 PLATE, AC SHOE GND1 NEW

11 DA2-1945-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, STRAP NEW12 XA4-9170-609 000 F 8 SCREW13 CA1-8666-000 000 B 1 BASE, ACCESSORY SHOE NEW14 DA2-2013-000 000 B 1 SHOE, ACCESSORY NEW15 XA1-3170-409 000 F 4 SCREW

16 CA1-9328-000 000 B 1 SPRING, PLATE (BL)17 DG1-7296-000 000 C 1 SHOE CONNECTOR ASS’Y18 DA2-1944-000 000 C 1 BASE PLATE, AC SHOE NEW19 DG1-4494-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, SHOE NEW20 DG1-4438-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, R-KEY NEW

21 DG1-4458-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, RKEY-MAIN NEW22 DH2-2292-000 000 C 1 FPC, MJ-RKEY NEW23 XA1-7170-207 000 F 3 SCREW24 DA2-1936-000 000 B 1 COVER, HANDLE(B) NEW25 DA2-1897-000 000 C 1 GUARD, RKEY FPC NEW

26 DA2-2000-000 000 C 1 PLATE, AC SHOE GND2 NEW27 XA1-7170-309 000 F 5 SCREW28 DA2-2034-000 000 C 1 SEPARATOR, RT-FPC NEW29 DG1-7423-000 000 C 1 MICROPHONE ASS’Y NEW30 DA2-1953-000 000 B 1 CUSHION, MIC NEW

31 DG1-4456-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, RT NEW32 DA1-9558-000 000 B 1 SEAL, MIC33 DY1-8463-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, MIC NEW

DM-XM2 E

5-10

CVF Unit Section

1×2

23×2

1×22

34

6 78

910

11

1213

14

15

16

1718

19

2024

2122

5*

* These screws are locked by the Neji Lock

(screw locking paint) when shipped from the factory.

Use “5” (XA1-7170-309) for servicing.

DM-XM2 E

5-11


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 XA4-9170-409 000 F 4 SCREW2 DG1-7397-000 000 B 1 HINGE ASS’Y, EVF NEW3 DA2-2006-000 000 C 1 GUIDE, FPC NEW4 DH2-2293-000 000 B 1 FPC, CVF-MAIN NEW5 XA1-7170-309 000 F 1 SCREW

6 DG1-4448-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CVF NEW7 DG1-4067-000 000 C 1 BACKLIGHT ASS’Y (CVF)8 DA2-2007-000 000 C 1 CUSION, LCD CVF NEW9 WG2-5209-000 000 C 1 LCD EVF NEW

10 DA1-9760-000 000 C 1 PLATE, MASK

11 YN1-1611-000 000 C 1 LENS, EYE12 DA2-2036-000 000 C 1 SPACER, LENS NEW13 DA2-1954-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, DIOPTRIC(T) NEW14 DA2-1956-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF TOP NEW15 DA2-1959-000 000 B 1 EYE CUP NEW

16 DA2-1958-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, EYE PIECE LENS NEW17 YN1-1612-000 000 C 1 LENS, INNER18 DA2-1955-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, DIOPTRIC(B) NEW19 DA2-1957-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF BOTTOM NEW20 DA2-1961-000 000 B 1 KNOB, DIOPTRIC ADJ NEW

21 XA9-1399-000 000 F 1 SCREW NEW22 DA2-1982-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF CLEANING NEW23 XA4-9170-609 000 F 2 SCREW24 DA1-9381-000 000 C 1 CUSHION, KNOB

DM-XM2 E

5-12

Right Cover Unit Section

a

a

b

b

1×2

2 3

4

56

7

8 10

11

1×2

1

1×7

1×2

1×5

12×2

22×2

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21 23

242526

27

2829

30

3132

3435

36

3738

39

40

33

9×2

41

42

1×2

1×2 1×2

11

LCD UNIT

DM-XM2 E

5-13


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 XA4-9170-409 000 F 27 SCREW2 DG1-4459-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, MIC VOL NEW3 DG1-4441-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, C-KEY3 NEW4 DH2-2298-000 000 C 1 FPC, 6P NEW5 DY1-8458-000 000 C 1 SPEAKER ASS’Y NEW

6 DA2-1996-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, SPEAKER NEW7 DG1-4440-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, C-KEY2 NEW8 DH2-2295-000 000 C 1 FPC, 15P NEW9 XA9-1118-000 000 F 2 SCREW NEW

10 DA2-1923-000 000 C 1 LEVER, VAP LOCK NEW

11 DG1-4439-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, C-KEY1 NEW12 XA1-7170-307 000 F 2 SCREW13 DY1-8456-000 000 B 1 COVER, ASS’Y LID NEW14 DA2-1977-000 000 B 1 KNOB, MODE NEW15 DA2-1976-000 000 B 1 KNOB, AUDIO NEW

16 DA2-1972-000 000 B 2 DIAL, MIC VOL NEW17 DA2-1974-000 000 B 1 KNOB, MIC VOL2 NEW18 DA2-1973-000 000 B 1 KNOB, MIC VOL1 NEW19 DY1-8453-000 000 B 1 COVER, ASS’Y RIGHT NEW20 DG1-4461-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, REC-SERCH NEW

21 DA2-1928-000 000 B 1 COVER, LITHIUM BATT NEW22 XA4-9170-509 000 F 2 SCREW23 DA2-1930-000 000 B 1 COVER, RIGHT 2 NEW24 DA2-1916-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEVEL METER NEW25 DA2-1917-000 000 B 1 FRAME, LEVEL METER NEW

26 DA2-1918-000 000 B 1 WINDOW, LEVEL METER NEW27 DA2-1995-000 000 B 1 PLATE, LCD EARTH NEW28 DG1-4433-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, C-DIAL NEW29 DA2-1921-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, C-DIAL NEW30 DH2-2294-000 000 C 1 FPC, 5P NEW

31 DG1-7394-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y, AUDIO NEW32 DA2-1929-000 000 C 1 CUSHION, LEVEL LCD NEW33 DA2-1920-000 000 B 1 RUBBER, ZEBRA NEW34 DA2-1933-000 000 B 1 COVER, SD2 NEW35 DS1-5418-000 000 C 1 SPRING, SD NEW

36 DY1-8455-000 000 B 1 COVER, SD NEW37 DA2-1919-000 000 B 1 KNOB, C-KEY NEW38 DA2-1931-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, SD NEW39 DA2-1908-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, SD NEW40 DA2-1423-000 000 C 1 MAGNET, CARD

41 DA2-1997-000 000 B 1 PLATE MAGNET NEW42 DG1-4435-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CARD NEW

DM-XM2 E

5-14

LCD Unit Section1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

1314

6

7

7×2

5×2

15

16

DM-XM2 E

5-15


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 DA2-1968-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD BOTTOM NEW2 DA2-1969-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, LCD NEW

*1 3 DH9-0831-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y*2 3 DY1-8274-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y

4 DG1-7377-000 000 C 1 BACKLIGHT ASS’Y, LCD

5 XA4-9170-409 000 F 3 SCREW6 DG1-4436-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, LCD NEW7 XA1-7170-307 000 F 4 SCREW, MACH. PANHEAD, M1.7X38 DF1-1658-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP NEW9 DA2-1970-000 000 B 1 COVER, HINGE(T) NEW

10 DH2-2300-000 000 B 1 FPC, LCD-MAIN NEW11 DG1-7396-000 000 B 1 HINGE ASS’Y NEW12 DA2-1737-000 000 C 1 MAGNET13 DA2-1983-000 000 C 1 SHEET, MAGNET NEW14 DA2-1971-000 000 B 1 COVER, HINGE(B) NEW

15 DG1-4462-000 000 C 1 FPC, LCD-SW1 NEW16 DA2-2058-000 000 C 1 LCD SHEET NEW

*1 : Same quality as the production line.*2 : Free from the pixel dot.

DM-XM2 E

5-16

Camera/Recorder Unit Section

1

3

37

38

35 36

5

2

4×3

6×4

7

8

910

1011

12

13×314

15

1617

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27 28

30

31

3232

33

34

29

10

6×2

6×2

6×3664×4

22×34×2

4

4×4

4

36

6

32LENS UNIT

DM-XM2 E

5-17


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 XA1-7140-167 000 F 1 SCREW2 DA2-2051-000 000 C 1 PLATE, RH EARTH NEW3 DY1-8264-000 000 C 1 RECORDER UNIT, DMC24 XA1-7170-307 000 C 15 SCREW5 DA2-1899-000 000 C 1 COVER, MICOM NEW

6 XA4-9170-409 000 C 14 SCREW7 DG1-4434-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MJ NEW8 DH2-2301-000 000 C 1 FPC, MAIN-MJ NEW9 DA2-1871-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, RECORDER NEW

10 DA2-1162-000 000 C 3 RUBBER, INSULATION

11 DA2-1898-000 000 C 1 COVER, CP NEW12 DA2-2052-000 000 C 1 SPRING PLATE NEW13 XA9-1283-000 000 F 3 SCREW14 DG1-3978-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, DMC15 DA2-1891-000 000 C 1 CASE, SHIELD HA NEW

16 DY1-8465-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN NEW17 DG1-4454-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, JACK NEW18 DA2-1984-000 000 C 1 CPACER, FPC NEW19 DA2-1892-000 000 C 1 CASE, SHIELD PM1 NEW20 DG1-4463-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, CARD-MAIN NEW

21 DA2-1893-000 000 C 1 CASE, SHIELD PM2 NEW22 XA4-9170-609 000 F 4 SCREW23 DA2-1909-000 000 C 1 PLATE, CAMEHOL EARTH NEW24 DA2-1881-000 000 C 1 PLATE, NUT NEW25 DA2-1910-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, CAMERA NEW

26 DA2-2046-000 000 C 1 PLATE, CA EARTH NEW27 DA2-1914-000 000 C 1 PLATE, G NEW28 DH2-2302-000 000 C 1 FPC, GY-CARD NEW29 DG1-4444-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, GY NEW30 DA2-1911-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, LENS NEW

31 DG1-4442-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, LENS NEW32 XA9-1382-000 000 F 3 SCREW NEW33 DG1-4447-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CA NEW34 DG1-7401-000 000 C 1 3P PRISM ASS’Y NEW35 DA2-2092-000 000 C 1 SEAL, PUSH

36 XA1-7170-1W7 000 F 2 SCREW NEW37 DA1-9903-000 000 B 1 LABEL, S CHASSIS38 DA2-2090-000 000 C 1 SHEET, CASSETTE

DM-XM2 E

5-18

Lens Unit Section

(5)

(23)

(5)

(5)

(5)(19)

(20)

(25)

(18)

(4)

(3)

1

2

9

6 78

4×2

10

24

11

1213

14

16

(4)×3

(21)×2

(22)×2

(5)×2

(5)×2

(25)×2

(17)×2

15×3

DM-XM2 E

5-19


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 YA1-2845-000 000 B 1 SEAL, NAME RING NEW2 DY1-8466-000 000 B 1 VAP ASS’Y NEW3 DY1-8182-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, PROTECT4 XA4-9170-507 000 F 6 SCREW5 XA4-9170-457 000 F 8 SCREW

6 YA1-2850-000 000 B 1 COVER, LENS NEW7 YA1-2161-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL8 YA1-2154-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, VAP LOCK9 DA1-9557-000 000 B 1 CUSHION, LENS

10 DA1-9556-000 000 B 1 SEAL, 3CCD

11 YA1-2163-000 000 C 2 SPACER, FOCUS RING12 YA1-2150-000 000 C 1 RING, FOCUS13 YA1-2155-000 000 B 1 RING, RUBBER FOCUS14 YA1-2151-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, FOCUS RING15 XA4-9170-707 000 F 3 SCREW

16 DY1-8467-000 000 C 1 ZOOM LENS ASS’Y NEW17 XA4-4200-706 000 F 2 SCREW18 YH8-0117-000 000 C 1 IG METER NEW19 YH7-0176-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, ZOOM20 YH7-0175-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, FOCUS

21 YA1-2179-000 000 F 2 SCREW22 XA4-9170-807 000 F 2 SCREW23 DY1-8468-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, MAIN NEW24 YH1-0861-000 000 C 1 FPC, 15P NEW25 XA4-9170-607 000 F 3 SCREW

DM-XM2 E

5-20

Mechanical Chassis Section-1

1

4

(2)

(3)

6

7

1011

12

5×4

2×3

8

(9)

Slide ChassisAss'y

DM-XM2 E

5-21


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 DG1-3861-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE HOLDER ASS’Y2 DA2-0642-000 000 F 4 SCREW3 DA1-0740-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE COVER ASS’Y4 DA2-0646-000 000 F 1 WASHER5 DA2-0643-000 000 F 4 SCREW

6 DF1-1514-000 000 C 1 IDLER GEAR ASS’Y7 DG1-3857-000 000 C 1 DRIVE GEAR ASS’Y8 DY1-8283-000 000 E 1 DRUM ASS’Y (3CH)9 DA2-0793-000 000 C 1 PLATE, TAPE GUIDE

10 DY1-8210-000 000 C 1 MAIN CHASSIS ASS’Y

11 DA2-0758-000 000 C 1 SPRING, PLATE12 DA2-0757-000 000 F 1 SCREW

DM-XM2 E

5-22


(2)1

(3)

(4)

(8)

(5)×2

(6)

(9)

(13)

(14)

(15)

19

(16)

(11)

(18)

(17)

(10)

(5)

(12)

(7)

DM-XM2 E

5-23


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 DY1-8211-050 000 C 1 SLIDE CHASSIS ASS’Y2 DA2-0712-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL3 DA2-0646-000 000 F 1 WASHER4 DA2-0703-000 000 C 1 EJECT LEVER5 DA2-0642-000 000 F 3 SCREW

6 DA2-0661-000 000 C 1 COVER, PINCH ROLLER7 DS1-0175-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL8 DG1-3859-000 000 C 1 REVIEW ARM ASS’Y9 DS1-0178-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL

10 DY1-8375-000 000 C 1 BRAKE, T SUB

11 DA2-0782-000 000 F 1 WASHER12 DA2-0660-000 000 C 1 COVER, REVIEW ARM13 DF1-1548-000 000 C 1 TENSION ARM ASS’Y14 DA2-0645-000 000 F 1 WASHER15 DF1-1549-000 000 C 1 TENSION BRAKE ASS’Y

16 DS1-0169-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL17 DH9-0812-000 000 C 1 TAPE DETECTION SW ASS’Y18 DA2-0643-000 000 F 1 SCREW19 DS1-0173-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL

DM-XM2 E

5-24


12×2

22×2

13

12×3

7

11

9

10

8

2

3

6 4

5

14

15

16

1820

19

17

6

21

1×2

FACE

DM-XM2 E

5-25


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 DA2-0780-000 000 F 2 SCREW2 DA2-0645-000 000 F 1 WASHER3 DA2-0747-000 000 C 1 GUIDE RAIL4 DF1-1546-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, S5 DF1-1547-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, T

6 DA2-0781-000 000 F 2 WASHER7 DF1-1544-000 000 C 1 T GUIDE ROLLER ASS’Y8 DF1-1550-000 000 C 1 S GUIDE ROLLER ASS’Y9 DA2-0774-000 000 C 2 POST RING, RUBBER

10 DF1-1545-000 000 C 2 SKATE ASS’Y

11 DF1-1551-000 000 C 1 DRUM BASE ASS’Y12 DA2-0644-000 000 F 5 SCREW13 DG1-3865-000 000 C 1 LOADING MOTOR ASS’Y14 DA2-0646-000 000 F 1 WASHER15 DF1-1567-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, S MODE

16 DG1-3858-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, PINCH ROLLER17 DS1-0174-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL18 XD2-1100-102 000 C 1 E RING19 DF1-1517-000 000 C 1 PLATE, DRIVE GEAR20 DA2-0586-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CP

21 DH2-2115-000 000 C 1 FPC, LOADING MOTOR22 XA1-7140-147 000 F 2 SCREW

DM-XM2 E

5-26


1×2

2

5

6

7

8

9

5

10

11

12

1

13

14

3

4

REAR FACE

DM-XM2 E

5-27


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 XA1-7140-147 000 F 3 SCREW2 DF1-1525-000 000 C 1 GEAR ASS’Y, TRANS3 DA2-0590-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CAM 24 DF1-1520-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, PR CONTROL5 DA2-0643-000 000 F 2 SCREW

6 DF1-1516-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CAM 17 DF1-1518-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, MODE8 DA2-0640-000 000 C 1 COVER, MODE GEAR9 DG1-3860-000 000 C 1 GEAR, MODE

10 DA2-0666-000 000 C 1 COVER, LM GEAR

11 DA2-0604-000 000 C 1 GEAR, LM12 DA2-0630-000 000 C 1 LEVER, LOAD13 DA2-0638-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, SLIDE LEVER14 DF1-1522-000 000 C 1 LEVER, SLIDE

DM-XM2 E

5-28

Accessories Section-1

1

PLUG TYPE

AJPN

E

BAS

CA-920 CB-920 DC-920N.S. (Product available) N.S. (Product available) N.S. (Product available)

N.S. (Product available)

WD-58HN.S. (Product available)

4

5

2

3

HC-4100

DM-XM2 E

5-29


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 D82-0643-000 000 C 1 CABLE, AC (E)1 D82-0644-000 000 C 1 CABLE, AC (UK)1 D82-0645-000 000 C 1 CABLE, AC (A)2 DY1-8472-000 000 C 1 HOOD3 DY1-8230-000 000 C 1 CAP, LENS4 DY1-8231-000 000 C 1 CAP, DUST5 DY4-4633-000 000 C 1 KEY, SPARE

DM-XM2 E

5-30


1SDC-8M

N.S. Commercially available. Make copy sample pictures if necessary

(4)(3)

WL-D77/WL-D77A

2

5N.S. (Product available)IFC-300PCU BP-915


DM-XM2 E

5-31


MECHANICAL PARTS

1 D54-0110-000 000 C 1 EYE CUP, LARGE NEW2 D83-0582-000 000 C 1 WL-D77A WIRELESS CONTROLLER3 DY1-8119-000 000 C 1 LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A)4 DY1-8121-000 000 C 1 COVER, BATTERY5 D81-1350-001 000 C 1 STRAP, SHOULDER SS-650 NEW

DM-XM2 E

5-32


1

2

45

6

6

78

9

10

11

3×4

15×2

18×2

15×220

1617

21

22

12×4

13

14

MA-300


DM-XM2 E

5-33


1 DY4-6712-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y NEW2 DY4-6698-000 000 B 1 PLATE, CONNECTOR NEW3 DY4-6711-000 000 C 4 SCREW, 2.6*6 NEW4 DY4-6701-000 000 B 1 JACK, BNC-RCA NEW5 DY4-6696-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, MIC(B) NEW

6 DY4-6697-000 000 C 2 CHSHION, MIC NEW7 DY4-6705-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, MA-300 NEW8 DY4-6695-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, MIC(T) NEW9 DY4-6706-000 000 C 1 SCREW, KNOB NEW

10 DY4-6707-000 000 C 1 WASHER, M3 NEW

11 DY4-6699-000 000 C 1 NUT, INSERT NEW12 DY4-6708-000 000 C 4 SCREW, 1.7*6 NEW13 DY4-6700-000 000 B 1 SHOE, ACCESSORY NEW14 DY4-6693-000 000 B 1 COVER, UPPER NEW15 DY4-6710-000 000 C 4 SCREW, 3*10 NEW

16 DY4-6702-000 000 C 1 CABLE, CONNECTOR NEW17 DY4-6694-000 000 B 1 COVER, BOTTOM NEW18 DY4-6709-000 000 C 4 SCREW, 2*4 NEW20 DG1-4105-000 000 C 1 BASE, MIC NEW21 DY4-6703-000 000 C 1 CABLE, AV-RCA NEW

22 DY4-6704-000 000 C 1 CABE, CLIP NEW

MECHANICAL PARTS

DM-XM2 E

5-34


2

1

3

VL-3N.S. (Product available)

DM-50


4PC-A10

DM-XM2 E

5-35


1 DY1-8246-000 000 C 1 WIND SCREEN, FRONT2 DY1-8247-000 000 C 1 WIND SCREEN, REAR3 DY1-8245-000 000 E 1 LAMP, HAROGEN4 DY4-3338-000 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, SCART PC-A10

MECHANICAL PARTS

DM-XM2 E

5-36

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKSSYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELECTRICAL PARTS

MAIN P.C.B.CN103 VS1-5687-010 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 10PCN301 VS1-6450-010 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 10P NEWCN302 VS1-6450-011 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 11PCN303 VS1-6597-005 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 5P NEWCN304 VS1-6851-033 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 33P NEW

CN701 VS1-6851-023 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 23P NEWCN801 VS1-6450-008 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 8PCN1501 VS1-6450-016 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 16P NEWCN2000 VS1-5817-010 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 10PCN2901 VS1-6647-033 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 33P NEW

CN2902 VS1-6210-003 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 3P NEWCN3201 VS1-5975-003 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 3P NEW

! FU3201 VD7-2241-501 000 D 1 FUSE! FU3203 VD7-2241-001 000 D 1 FUSE! FU3204 VD7-2241-501 000 D 1 FUSE

! FU3205 VD7-2241-501 000 D 1 FUSE! FU3206 VD7-2241-001 000 D 1 FUSE! FU3207 VD7-2241-001 000 D 1 FUSE

MJ P.C.B.CN701 WS1-5815-000 000 C 1 JACK, MICCN702 WD9-5089-000 000 C 1 JACK, LANCCN801 WS1-5717-000 000 C 1 JACK, HEAD-PHONE

JACK FPCCN1 WD9-5092-000 000 C 1 JACK, LANCCN2 WS1-6004-000 000 C 1 JACK, USBCN3 WS1-6015-000 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, IEEE1394CN4 WS1-5524-000 000 C 1 JACK, A/VCN5 WS1-5445-000 000 C 1 JACK, S-TERMINAL

DM-XM2 E

5-37

PARTS LIST

PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

CA1-8666-000 000 B 1 BASE, ACCESSORY SHOE NEWCA1-9328-000 000 B 1 SPRING, PLATE (BL)D52-0210-000 000 C 1 HOOD, LENS NEWD54-0110-000 000 C 1 EYE CUP, LARGE NEWD81-1350-001 000 C 1 STRAP, SHOULDER SS-650 NEW

D82-0643-000 000 C 1 CABLE, AC (E)D82-0644-000 000 C 1 CABLE, AC (UK)D82-0645-000 000 C 1 CABLE, AC (A)D83-0582-000 000 C 1 WL-D77A WIRELESS CONTROLLERDA1-0740-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE COVER ASS’Y

DA1-9381-000 000 C 1 CUSHION, KNOBDA1-9551-000 000 B 1 RUBBER, BOTTOMDA1-9556-000 000 B 1 SEAL, 3CCDDA1-9557-000 000 B 1 CUSHION, LENSDA1-9558-000 000 B 1 SEAL, MIC

DA1-9573-000 000 F 1 KEY, TRIGGERDA1-9574-000 000 F 1 LEVER, STANDBYDA1-9575-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, TRIGGER KEYDA1-9576-000 000 F 1 SPRING, PLATEDA1-9588-000 000 F 1 KEY, GRIP OPEN

DA1-9618-000 000 B 1 KNOB, HOLD KEYDA1-9760-000 000 C 1 PLATE, MASKDA1-9903-000 000 B 1 LABEL, S CHASSISDA2-0586-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CPDA2-0590-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CAM 2

DA2-0604-000 000 C 1 GEAR, LMDA2-0630-000 000 C 1 LEVER, LOADDA2-0638-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, SLIDE LEVERDA2-0640-000 000 C 1 COVER, MODE GEARDA2-0642-000 000 F 7 SCREW

DA2-0643-000 000 F 7 SCREWDA2-0644-000 000 F 5 SCREWDA2-0645-000 000 F 2 WASHERDA2-0646-000 000 F 3 WASHERDA2-0660-000 000 C 1 COVER, REVIEW ARM

DA2-0661-000 000 C 1 COVER, PINCH ROLLERDA2-0666-000 000 C 1 COVER, LM GEARDA2-0703-000 000 C 1 EJECT LEVERDA2-0712-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COILDA2-0747-000 000 C 1 GUIDE RAIL

DA2-0757-000 000 F 1 SCREWDA2-0758-000 000 C 1 SPRING, PLATEDA2-0774-000 000 C 2 POST RING, RUBBERDA2-0780-000 000 F 2 SCREWDA2-0781-000 000 F 2 WASHER

DA2-0782-000 000 F 1 WASHERDA2-0793-000 000 C 1 PLATE, TAPE GUIDEDA2-1162-000 000 C 3 RUBBER, INSULATIONDA2-1423-000 000 C 1 MAGNET, CARDDA2-1737-000 000 C 1 MAGNET

DA2-1871-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, RECORDER NEWDA2-1872-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEFT NEWDA2-1873-000 000 B 1 COVER, CASSETTE NEWDA2-1875-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, MODE SWITCH NEWDA2-1876-000 000 B 1 SWITCH PHOTO NEW

993

3131

2929293121

117

19199

55555

911172527

27272727

21,23

21,23,272523

21,23,2523

2327232325

2121252525

2321171315

175555

DM-XM2 E

5-38

PARTS LIST


DA2-1881-000 000 C 2 PLATE, NUT NEWDA2-1887-000 000 C 1 WINDOW, CASSETTE NEWDA2-1888-000 000 B 1 COVER, MIC JACK NEWDA2-1889-000 000 B 1 COVER, LENS L SIDE NEWDA2-1890-000 000 C 1 PLATE, C LOCK NEW

DA2-1891-000 000 C 1 CASE, SHIELD HA NEWDA2-1892-000 000 C 1 CASE, SHIELD PM1 NEWDA2-1893-000 000 C 1 CASE, SHIELD PM2 NEWDA2-1895-000 000 B 2 MASK POST NEWDA2-1897-000 000 C 1 GUARD, RKEY FPC NEW

DA2-1898-000 000 C 1 COVER, CP NEWDA2-1899-000 000 C 1 COVER, MICOM NEWDA2-1902-000 000 B 1 KEY, POWER TOP NEWDA2-1903-000 000 B 1 KNOB, POWER LOCK NEWDA2-1904-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, POWER KEY NEW

DA2-1905-000 000 C 1 SPRING, POWER CLICK NEWDA2-1908-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, SD NEWDA2-1909-000 000 C 1 PLATE, CAMEHOL EARTH NEWDA2-1910-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, CAMERA NEWDA2-1911-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, LENS NEW

DA2-1914-000 000 C 1 PLATE, G NEWDA2-1916-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEVEL METER NEWDA2-1917-000 000 B 1 FRAME, LEVEL METER NEWDA2-1918-000 000 B 1 WINDOW, LEVEL METER NEWDA2-1919-000 000 B 1 KNOB, C-KEY NEW

DA2-1920-000 000 B 1 RUBBER, ZEBRA NEWDA2-1921-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, C-DIAL NEWDA2-1923-000 000 C 1 LEVER, VAP LOCK NEWDA2-1928-000 000 B 1 COVER, LITHIUM BATT NEWDA2-1929-000 000 C 1 CUSHION, LEVEL LCD NEW

DA2-1930-000 000 B 1 COVER, RIGHT 2 NEWDA2-1931-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, SD NEWDA2-1933-000 000 B 1 COVER, SD2 NEWDA2-1936-000 000 B 1 COVER, HANDLE(B) NEWDA2-1937-000 000 B 1 COVER, R-KEY NEW

DA2-1941-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, HOLD KNOB NEWDA2-1942-000 000 C 1 ARM, R-KEY COVER NEWDA2-1944-000 000 C 1 BASE PLATE, AC SHOE NEWDA2-1945-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, STRAP NEWDA2-1953-000 000 B 1 CUSHION, MIC NEW

DA2-1954-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, DIOPTRIC(T) NEWDA2-1955-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, DIOPTRIC(B) NEWDA2-1956-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF TOP NEWDA2-1957-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF BOTTOM NEWDA2-1958-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, EYE PIECE LENS NEW

DA2-1959-000 000 B 1 EYE CUP NEWDA2-1961-000 000 B 1 KNOB, DIOPTRIC ADJ NEWDA2-1968-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD BOTTOM NEWDA2-1969-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, LCD NEWDA2-1970-000 000 B 1 COVER, HINGE(T) NEW

DA2-1971-000 000 B 1 COVER, HINGE(B) NEWDA2-1972-000 000 B 2 DIAL, MIC VOL NEWDA2-1973-000 000 B 1 KNOB, MIC VOL1 NEWDA2-1974-000 000 B 1 KNOB, MIC VOL2 NEWDA2-1976-000 000 B 1 KNOB, AUDIO NEW

5,175555

17171759

1717777

713171717

1713131313

1313131313

13131399

99999

1111111111

1111151515

1513131313

DM-XM2 E

5-39

PARTS LIST


131115175

73333

13131399

9111199

91133

17

1717151717

721272527

2727272525

2525232325

252559

15

321252327

DA2-1977-000 000 B 1 KNOB, MODE NEWDA2-1982-000 000 B 1 COVER, CVF CLEANING NEWDA2-1983-000 000 C 1 SHEET, MAGNET NEWDA2-1984-000 000 C 1 CPACER, FPC NEWDA2-1985-000 000 B 1 STRAP ASS’Y, HAND NEW

DA2-1988-000 000 B 1 LEVER, BATTERY LOCK NEWDA2-1989-000 000 B 1 COVER, JACKDA2-1990-000 000 B 1 COVER, BOTTOM NEWDA2-1991-000 000 C 1 BASE, TRIPOD NEWDA2-1994-000 000 C 1 LABEL, LI NEW

DA2-1995-000 000 B 1 PLATE, LCD EARTH NEWDA2-1996-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, SPEAKER NEWDA2-1997-000 000 B 1 PLATE MAGNET NEWDA2-1998-000 000 C 1 SPRING, R-KEY NEWDA2-1999-000 000 C 1 PLATE, AC SHOE GND1 NEW

DA2-2000-000 000 C 1 PLATE, AC SHOE GND2 NEWDA2-2006-000 000 C 1 GUIDE, FPC NEWDA2-2007-000 000 C 1 CUSION, LCD CVF NEWDA2-2013-000 000 B 1 SHOE, ACCESSORY NEWDA2-2034-000 000 C 1 SEPARATOR, RT-FPC NEW

DA2-2035-000 000 C 1 CUSHION, PHOTO-KEY NEWDA2-2036-000 000 C 1 SPACER, LENS NEWDA2-2039-000 000 C 1 PLATE, RATING NEWDA2-2044-000 000 C 1 CUSION, FERRITE CORE NEWDA2-2046-000 000 C 1 PLATE, CA EARTH NEW

DA2-2051-000 000 C 1 PLATE, RH EARTH NEWDA2-2052-000 000 C 1 SPRING PLATE NEWDA2-2058-000 000 C 1 LCD SHEET NEWDA2-2090-000 000 C 1 SHEET, CASSETTEDA2-2092-000 000 C 1 SEAL, PUSH

DF1-1473-000 000 C 1 CONTACT ASS’Y, BATTERYDF1-1514-000 000 C 1 IDLER GEAR ASS’YDF1-1516-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CAM 1DF1-1517-000 000 C 1 PLATE, DRIVE GEARDF1-1518-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, MODE

DF1-1520-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, PR CONTROLDF1-1522-000 000 C 1 LEVER, SLIDEDF1-1525-000 000 C 1 GEAR ASS’Y, TRANSDF1-1544-000 000 C 1 T GUIDE ROLLER ASS’YDF1-1545-000 000 C 2 SKATE ASS’Y

DF1-1546-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, SDF1-1547-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, TDF1-1548-000 000 C 1 TENSION ARM ASS’YDF1-1549-000 000 C 1 TENSION BRAKE ASS’YDF1-1550-000 000 C 1 S GUIDE ROLLER ASS’Y

DF1-1551-000 000 C 1 DRUM BASE ASS’YDF1-1567-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, S MODEDF1-1654-000 000 B 1 CASSETTE ARMU ASS’Y NEWDF1-1655-000 000 C 1 PLATE, R-KEY NEWDF1-1658-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP NEW

DG1-3740-000 000 B 1 CAP, LENSDG1-3857-000 000 C 1 DRIVE GEAR ASS’YDG1-3858-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, PINCH ROLLERDG1-3859-000 000 C 1 REVIEW ARM ASS’YDG1-3860-000 000 C 1 GEAR, MODE

DM-XM2 E

5-40

PARTS LIST


DG1-3861-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE HOLDER ASS’YDG1-3865-000 000 C 1 LOADING MOTOR ASS’YDG1-3978-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, DMCDG1-4067-000 000 C 1 BACKLIGHT ASS’Y (CVF)DG1-4105-000 000 C 1 BASE, MIC NEW

DG1-4433-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, C-DIAL NEWDG1-4434-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MJ NEWDG1-4435-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CARD NEWDG1-4436-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, LCD NEWDG1-4438-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, R-KEY NEW

DG1-4439-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, C-KEY1 NEWDG1-4440-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, C-KEY2 NEWDG1-4441-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, C-KEY3 NEWDG1-4442-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, LENS NEWDG1-4444-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, GY NEW

DG1-4447-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CA NEWDG1-4448-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CVF NEWDG1-4454-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, JACK NEWDG1-4455-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, TRIGGER NEWDG1-4456-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, RT NEW

DG1-4458-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, RKEY-MAIN NEWDG1-4459-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, MIC VOL NEWDG1-4460-000 000 C 1 FPC, ASSY MAIN-CK2DG1-4461-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, REC-SERCH NEWDG1-4462-000 000 C 1 FPC, LCD-SW1 NEW

DG1-4463-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, CARD-MAIN NEWDG1-4494-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, SHOE NEWDG1-7296-000 000 C 1 SHOE CONNECTOR ASS’YDG1-7377-000 000 C 1 BACKLIGHT ASS’Y, LCDDG1-7394-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y, AUDIO NEW

DG1-7395-000 000 B 1 ZOOM KEY ASS’Y NEWDG1-7396-000 000 B 1 HINGE ASS’Y NEWDG1-7397-000 000 B 1 HINGE ASS’Y, EVF NEWDG1-7401-000 000 C 1 3P PRISM ASS’Y NEWDG1-7423-000 000 C 1 MICROPHONE ASS’Y NEW

DH2-2115-000 000 C 1 FPC, LOADING MOTORDH2-2292-000 000 C 1 FPC, MJ-RKEY NEWDH2-2293-000 000 B 1 FPC, CVF-MAIN NEWDH2-2294-000 000 C 1 FPC, 5P NEWDH2-2295-000 000 C 1 FPC, 15P NEW

DH2-2298-000 000 C 1 FPC, 6P NEWDH2-2300-000 000 B 1 FPC, LCD-MAIN NEWDH2-2301-000 000 C 1 FPC, MAIN-MJ NEWDH2-2302-000 000 C 1 FPC, GY-CARD NEWDH9-0812-000 000 C 1 TAPE DETECTION SW ASS’Y

*1 DH9-0831-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’YDS1-0152-000 000 F 1 SPRING, COILDS1-0157-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COILDS1-0169-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COILDS1-0173-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL

DS1-0174-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COILDS1-0175-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COILDS1-0178-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COILDS1-5418-000 000 C 1 SPRING, SD NEWDS1-5419-000 000 C 1 SPRING, POWER LOCK NEW

2125171133

131713159

1313131717

17111759

9133

1315

1799

1513

51511179

259

111313

1315171723

1557

2323

252323137

DM-XM2 E

5-41

PARTS LIST


DY1-8119-000 000 C 1 LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A)DY1-8121-000 000 C 1 COVER, BATTERYDY1-8182-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, PROTECTDY1-8210-000 000 C 1 MAIN CHASSIS ASS’YDY1-8211-050 000 C 1 SLIDE CHASSIS ASS’Y

DY1-8230-000 000 C 1 CAP, LENSDY1-8231-000 000 C 1 CAP, DUSTDY1-8245-000 000 E 1 LAMP, HAROGENDY1-8246-000 000 C 1 WIND SCREEN, FRONTDY1-8247-000 000 C 1 WIND SCREEN, REAR

DY1-8264-000 000 C 1 RECORDER UNIT, DMC2*2 DY1-8274-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y

DY1-8283-000 000 E 1 DRUM ASS’Y (3CH)DY1-8375-000 000 C 1 BRAKE, T SUBDY1-8451-000 000 B 1 COVER, REAR NEW

DY1-8453-000 000 B 1 COVER, ASS’Y RIGHT NEWDY1-8455-000 000 B 1 COVER, SD NEWDY1-8456-000 000 B 1 COVER, ASS’Y LID NEWDY1-8458-000 000 C 1 SPEAKER ASS’Y NEWDY1-8459-000 000 B 1 COVER, ASS’Y TOP NEW

DY1-8461-000 000 B 1 COVER, HANDLE(T) NEWDY1-8463-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, MIC NEWDY1-8465-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN NEWDY1-8466-000 000 B 1 VAP ASS’Y NEWDY1-8467-000 000 C 1 ZOOM LENS ASS’Y NEW

DY1-8468-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, MAIN NEWDY1-8472-000 000 C 1 HOODDY1-8482-000 000 B 1 KEY, MODEDY4-3338-000 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, SCART PC-A10DY4-4633-000 000 C 1 KEY, SPARE

DY4-6693-000 000 B 1 COVER, UPPER NEWDY4-6694-000 000 B 1 COVER, BOTTOM NEWDY4-6695-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, MIC(T) NEWDY4-6696-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, MIC(B) NEWDY4-6697-000 000 C 2 CHSHION, MIC NEW

DY4-6698-000 000 B 1 PLATE, CONNECTOR NEWDY4-6699-000 000 C 1 NUT, INSERT NEWDY4-6700-000 000 B 1 SHOE, ACCESSORY NEWDY4-6701-000 000 B 1 JACK, BNC-RCA NEWDY4-6702-000 000 C 1 CABLE, CONNECTOR NEW

DY4-6703-000 000 C 1 CABLE, AV-RCA NEWDY4-6704-000 000 C 1 CABE, CLIP NEWDY4-6705-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, MA-300 NEWDY4-6706-000 000 C 1 SCREW, KNOB NEWDY4-6707-000 000 C 1 WASHER, M3 NEW

DY4-6708-000 000 C 4 SCREW, 1.7*6 NEWDY4-6709-000 000 C 4 SCREW, 2*4 NEWDY4-6710-000 000 C 4 SCREW, 3*10 NEWDY4-6711-000 000 C 4 SCREW, 2.6*6 NEWDY4-6712-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y NEW

! VD7-2241-001 000 D 3 FUSE! VD7-2241-501 000 D 3 FUSE

VS1-5687-010 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 10PVS1-5817-010 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 10PVS1-5975-003 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 3P NEW

3131192123

2929353535

171521237

131313137

99

171919

19295

3529

3333333333

3333333333

3333333333

3333333333

DM-XM2 E

5-42

PARTS LIST


VS1-6210-003 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 3P NEWVS1-6450-008 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 8PVS1-6450-010 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 10P NEWVS1-6450-011 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 11PVS1-6450-016 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 16P NEW

VS1-6597-005 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 5P NEWVS1-6647-033 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 33P NEWVS1-6851-023 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 23P NEWVS1-6851-033 000 C 1 CONNECTOR 33P NEWWD9-5089-000 000 C 1 JACK, LANC

WD9-5092-000 000 C 1 JACK, LANCWE8-6025-000 000 C 2 CORE, FERRITE NEWWG2-5209-000 000 C 1 LCD EVF NEWWS1-5445-000 000 C 1 JACK, S-TERMINALWS1-5524-000 000 C 1 JACK, A/V

WS1-5717-000 000 C 1 JACK, HEAD-PHONEWS1-5815-000 000 C 1 JACK, MICWS1-6004-000 000 C 1 JACK, USBWS1-6015-000 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, IEEE1394XA1-3170-409 000 F 4 SCREW

XA1-7140-147 000 F 5 SCREWXA1-7140-167 000 F 1 SCREWXA1-7170-167 000 F 2 SCREW NEWXA1-7170-207 000 F 3 SCREWXA1-7170-307 000 F 12 SCREW

XA1-7170-307 000 F 4 SCREW, MACH. PANHEAD, M1.7X3XA1-7170-307 000 C 15 SCREWXA1-7170-309 000 F 20 SCREWXA1-7170-609 000 F 1 SCREWXA4-4200-706 000 F 2 SCREW

XA4-9170-409 000 F 80 SCREWXA4-9170-409 000 C 14 SCREWXA4-9170-457 000 F 8 SCREWXA4-9170-507 000 F 6 SCREWXA4-9170-509 000 F 2 SCREW

XA4-9170-607 000 F 8 SCREWXA4-9170-609 000 F 21 SCREWXA4-9170-707 000 F 3 SCREWXA4-9170-807 000 F 2 SCREWXA9-1118-000 000 F 2 SCREW NEW

XA9-1283-000 000 F 3 SCREWXA9-1382-000 000 F 3 SCREW NEWXA9-1399-000 000 F 1 SCREW NEWXD2-1100-102 000 C 1 E RINGYA1-2150-000 000 C 1 RING, FOCUS

YA1-2151-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, FOCUS RINGYA1-2154-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, VAP LOCKYA1-2155-000 000 B 1 RING, RUBBER FOCUSYA1-2161-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COILYA1-2163-000 000 C 2 SPACER, FOCUS RING

YA1-2179-000 000 F 2 SCREWYA1-2845-000 000 B 1 SEAL, NAME RING NEWYA1-2850-000 000 B 1 COVER, LENS NEWYH1-0861-000 000 C 1 FPC, 15P NEWYH7-0175-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, FOCUS

311

9

25,2717179

3,5,13

1517

3,5,9,113

19

3,5,7,9,11,13,1517191913

3,193,9,11,17

191913

1717112519

1919191919

1919191919

DM-XM2 E

5-43

PARTS LIST


YH7-0176-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, ZOOMYH8-0117-000 000 C 1 IG METER NEWYN1-1611-000 000 C 1 LENS, EYEYN1-1612-000 000 C 1 LENS, INNER

19191111

CHAPTER 6. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

CONTENTS

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

CAMERA SECTION

SYSCON-SERVO SECTION

AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION

CN703

CN702

CN701

CN801CN802

1

23

1

22

2

15

MJ P.C.B.

DC

MIC

HEADPHONECARD DETECT

CARD P.C.B.

CN400

CN401

SW400

CN402

1 120

8

CN151SW151

1

5

C-DIAL P.C.B.

SW102

SW103

IC701

CN701(AUDIO LCD UNIT)

CN100

SW100

SW101

SW104

1

15

C-KEY 1 P.C.B.

SW300

SW302

CN10

1

SW303

SW30

1

1

6

C-KEY3 P.C.B.CA P.C.B.

1

1

2

69

70

CN1001

CN1051

IC1001

IC1003

IC1055

IC1006IC1005

IC1052

IC1051

IC1057

IC1004

IC1054

IC1053

IC1056

2

3940

116

161

CN4101

CN4102

CVF P.C.B.

CN1601

IC1602

IC1603

IC1601

IC1604

GY P.C.B.

1 8

LCD P.C.B.

2726

26 1

15

12

CN901

CN903

CN902

IC901

IC903

IC902

LENS P.C.B.

2

5960

12

1

1 15

3839

CN101

CN103

CN101

CN102

CN102

CN103

CN1

CN2

CN3

CN4

CN5

33

1

JACK P.C.B.

CS P.C.B.

LANC

DV

AV

(USB)

BATTERY BOX UNITBLUE

RED

WHTBATTERYDETECT

( DIGITAL MECHANICAL CHASSIS II )DMC II

MAINCHASSIS

DRUMMOTOR

LOADINGMOTOR,

DEWSENSOR

SLIDECHASSIS

VIDEOHEAD

33P FPC 5P FPC11P FPC

8P

16P

13P

23P

39P

15P

10P FPC10P FPC

60PIN BOARD TO BOARD

5P

15P

27P

23P

6P

20PIN BOARDTO BOARD


50PI

N BO

ARD

TO B

OAR

D



BACK LIGHT

LCD PANEL

SD CARD

MIC_VOL FPC

MIC VOLUME P.C.B.

CVF PANEL

SW200

SW201

SW204

CN2

CN3

CN6

CN1

CN8

CN4

CN5

SW202 SW203

1

1

2

49

50

12

27

6

26

1

6

1

4

5

1

15

1

C-KEY 2 P.C.B.

LITHIUMBATTERY

RED

BLK

SPEAKER

LCD CLOSEDETECT

TRIGGER FPC

14

CN2

1 10IC803

IC802IC1501

IC4003

IC801

IC103

IC100

IC102

IC101

IC2100

IC104

IC2303

IC1202

IC1204

IC301

IC705IC1054

IC4001

IC4002

IC4000IC1052

IC1055

IC1261

IC1004

IC1005

IC2000

IC2301

IC1301

IC3501

IC3201

IC3500IC2300

IC2601

MAIN P.C.B.

CN104

CN10

51

CN1501

CN101

CN701

CN801

CN303

CN304CN302

CN2000

CN2902

CN1001

1

1

2

2 1

22 23

1 8

70

69

2

133

32

11 11

1

1 3

CN2900CN10

3

CN2901CN3201

CN301CN100

1

1

1

32

3

1

33

21

9

20

1

2

19

20

1010 2

1

2

59

60

29

30CN102

1

2

29

30161

2

19

19 20

1 2

20

1 5

2

10

4

6

1

8

1

1

ZOOM KEY

ZOOM_UNIT

REC_SERCH FPC

REC P.C.B.

MIC MIC FPC

RT FPC

LCD-SW1 FPC

ICSHOE CONNECTOR

ASSEMBLY

CN101

CN100CN102

CN104

CN103

SW102

SW100

SW105 SW108 SW106 SW107 SW109 SW110 SW111

SW103

SW104

SW101

1

1

23

2

22

6

11

15

12

2726

8

R-KEY P.C.B.

BLK

LENS UNIT

ZOOM MOTOR

FOCUS MOTOR

FOCUS SENS

ZOOM SENS

TEMP SENS

IG METER

*

Metal contact (Pins' face up)Metal contact (Pins' face down)

Metal contactMetal contact

: :

CANON INC., 2002C01 JULY, 2002

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

MAIN PCB C-DIAL PCB

CONNECTORS

CN1011 MMC_LED

2 VTR_PW_SW

3 AUTO_MANUAL

4 VTR_PW_LED

5 CAM_PW_SW

6 AD_KEY1

7 CAM_PW_LED

8 MDIAL_CW

9 AD_KEY0

10 PNL_OPEN_SW

11 AD_KEY2

12 ND_SW

13 MDIAL_CCW

14 CDIAL_CW

15 CDIAL_SW

16 AF_SW

17 CDIAL_CCW

18 WB_SW

19 GAIN_SW

20 LM_CS

21 GND

22 AV_SO

23 AV_SCLK

24 DVDD3V

25 LM_RST

26 PAE/GRN_SW

27 SP_-

28 SP_+

29 LI_3V

30 GND

31 GND

32 PANEL_G

33 PANEL_R

34 GND

35 PANEL_B

36 PNL_BT_SW

37 LCD_ON

38 LCD_BL_ON

39 CSYNC1

40 MO_GND

41 VTR_UNREG

42 MO_GND

43 SOUT1

44 SCLK1

45 LCD_CEN

46 SIN1

47 LCD_EEP_CS

48 LCD3V

49 LCD12V

50 LCD_DA_LOAD

CN1021 AD_KEY3

2 AD_KEY4

3 S/S_SW

4 PHOTO_SW

5 H_PHOTO_SW

6 GND

7 ZOOM_T

8 ZOOM_W

9 GND

10 RMC_IN

11 DVDD4.7V

12 TALLY_LED

13 DVDD3V

14 GND

15 CCC

16 AVEF

17 STSP

18 EFID

19 SHOE_UNREG

20 SHOE_UNREG

21 MO_GND

22 MO_GND

23 ID_1

24 SHOE_NC1

25 SHOE_NC2

26 ID_2

27

28

29

30

CN1031 EJECT_SW

2 TAPE/CARD_SW

3 STANDBY_SW

4 GND

5 CAM3V

6 ZOOM_AD

7 GND

8 H_PHOTO_SW

9 PHOTO_SW

10 S/S_SW

CN1041 GND

2 Y_GY_OFS

3 I_ISW

4 CAM_A3V

5 P_GY_AMP

6 GND

7 P_GY_OFS

8 CARD_CMD

9 Y_GY_AMP

10 GND

11 GND

12 CARD_CLK

13 CARD_DET

14 GND

15 CARD_OPEN

16 CARD_DAT

17 CARD_PRO

18 GND

19 GND

20 CARD3V

CN3011 MIC1

2 MIC2

3 C_IN

4 MIC3

5 MICCINRECP_GND

6 REC_PRF

7 TR_C

8 TR_LED_A

9 TR_LED_K

10 TR_E

CN3021 U

2 U

3 V

4 V

5 DFG

6 DPG

7 SENS_COM

8 SENS_GARD

9 COIL_COM

10 W

11 W

CN3031 DEW

2 GND

3 N.C

4 LOAD(-)

5 LOAD(+)

CN3041 U-

2 U+

3 V-

4 V+

5 C_H+

6 N.C GARD

7 U

8 U

9 C_H-

10 W-

11 W+

12 N.C GARD

13 LED_A

14 LED_K

15 MSW_Vss

16 MSW_Vcc

17 MSW_SENS

18 EOT_E

19 B&EOT_C

20 BOT_E

21 CFG_Vcc

22 CFG1

23 CFG_GND

24 CFG2

25 N.C GARD

26 SR_E

27 SR_C

28 SR_LED_A

29 SR_LED_K

30 V

31 V

32 W

33 W

CN7011 MIC_L1

2 MIC_L2

3 MIC_R2

4 MIC_R1

5 MIC_GND

6 MIC_GND

7 MIC_GND

8 MIC_GND

9 MIC_GND

10 MIC_GND

11 MIC_GND

12 EXT_L

13 EXT_R

14 SHOE_5V_ON

15 EXT_DET

16 MIC_5V

17 MIC_5V

18 MIC_5V

19 HP_DET

20 HP-L

21 HP_R

22 GND

23 GND

CN8011 GND

2 VOL_IN_R

3 GND

4 VOL_OUT_R

5 GND

6 VOL_OUT_L

7 GND

8 VOL_IN_L

CN10011 GND

2 GND

3 R[0]

4 VD2

5 R[1]

6 VD

7 R[2]

8 HD2

9 R[3]

10 HD

11 R[4]

12 F2CK

13 GND

14 GND

15 R[5]

16 FCK

17 R[6]

18 AGC_RST

19 R[7]

20 AGC_CS

21 R[8]

22 CAM_SOO

23 R[9]

24 CAM_SCLK0

25 GND

26 GND

27 G[0]

28 B[0]

29 G[1]

30 B[1]

31 G[2]

32 B[2]

33 G[3]

34 B[3]

35 G[4]

36 B[4]

37 GND

38 GND

39 G[5]

40 B[5]

41 G[6]

42 B[6]

43 G[7]

44 B[7]

45 G[8]

46 B[8]

47 G[9]

48 B[9]

49 GND

50 GND

51 CAM3V

52 GND

53 CAM3V

54 CAM4.7V

55 CAM3V

56 CAM4.7V

57 PLL

58 TG_CS

59 GND

60 TGNPSW

61 CCD+

62 CCDRD_INT

63 CCD+

64 FLDET

65 TG_SLEEP

66 FLRST

67 CCD-

68 DVSW_CAM

69 GND

70 GND

CN10511 EXMOD1

2 TMODE

3 R_P/D

4 VDDOUT

5 WTOM_VPP

6 VPPIN

7 WTOM_XRST

8 XRESET

9 N.C

10 RSTIC_OUT

11 TTXD

12 CTOM_DATA

13 CTOM_CLK

14 CTOM_DATA

15 CTOM_CLK

16 TCK

17 GNDOUT

18 VDDOUT

19 GND

20 VDD

CN12011 MO_GND

2 MO_GND

3 ZOOM_AA

4 FOCUS_AA

5 ZOOM_AB

6 FOCUS_AB

7 ZOOM_BA

8 FOCUS_BA

9 ZOOM_BB

10 FOCUS_BB

11 MO_GND

12 MO_GND

13 ZOOM_LED1

14 ZOOM_SENS1

15 ZOOM_VCC

16 ZOOM_SENS2

17 ZOOM_LED2

18 MF_LED

19 MO_GND

20 N.C

21 HALL_IN+

22 THERMO_GND

23 HALL_OUT+

24 ND_HL_IN+

25 HALL_IN-

26 ND_HL_OUT+

27 HALL_OUT-

28 ND_HL_IN-

29 DUMP-

30 ND_HL_OUT-

31 DUMP+

32 ND_DUMP-

33 DRIVE-

34 ND_DUMP+

35 DRIVE+

36 ND_DRIVE-

37 FOCUS_LED

38 ND_DRIVE+

39 FOCUS_SENS

40 THERMO_VDD

41 FOCUS_VCC

42 THERMO_OUT

43 MO_GND

44 THERMO_GND

45 N.C

46 CAM4.7V

47 P5V

48 CAM4.7V

49 P5V

50 VC

51 LPF_PPWM

52 CAM3V

53 LPF_YPWM

54 CAM3V

55 P_PSD

56 FOCUS_KEY1

57 Y_PSD

58 FOCUS_KEY0

59 GND

60 GND

CN15011 VDD

2 VST

3 VCK

4 STB

5 EN

6 HST

7 HCK2

8 HCK1

9 GND

10 B

11 R

12 G

13 COM

14 BL5V

15 BL5V

16 GND

CN29001 V_I/O

2 FCHD

3 VTR_POW_SW

4 CAM3V

5 STANDBY

6 MIC2

7 T/C_POW_SW

8 MIC3

9 CAM_POW_SW

10 ADJ_SW

11 LANC_OUT

12 VTRTC_DATA

13 GND

14 CTVTR_DATA

15 GND

16 CVTR_CLK

17 SWP

18 ADJ_CS

19 PBRF

20 ADJ_REQ

CN29011 VIF_GND

2 Y_I/O

3 VIF_GND

4 VIF_GND

5 C_I/O

6 S_DET

7 VIF_GND

8 V_I/O

9 VIF_GND

10 AV_DET

11 AUDIO_L

12 VIF_GND

13 VIF_GND

14 AUDIO_R

15 GND

16 GND

17 GND

18 TPB

19 XTPB

20 XTPA

21 TPA

22 GND

23 GND

24 D+

25 D-

26 GND

27 GND

28 VBUS

29 GND

30 LANC_OUT

31 LANC_DC

32 GND

33 GND

CN29021 PBRF

2 GND

3 SWP

CN32011 BATT-

2 BATT_INFO

3 BATT+

CN1511 N.C

2 GND

3 CDIAL_CCW

4 CDIAL_CW

5 CDIAL_SW

CN21 MO_GND

2 MO_GND

3 MO_GND

4 VTR_UNREG

5 VTR_UNREG

6 VTR_UNREG

7 LCD3V

8 LCD3V

9 LCD_DA_LOAD

10 LCD12V

11 LCD_BL_ON

12 LCD_ON

13 PNL_BT_SW

14 GND

15 GND

16 LCD_CEN

17 LCD_EEP_CS

18 SIN1

19 SOUT1

20 SCLK1

21 GND

22 CSYNC1

23 GND

24 PANEL_B

25 PANEL_G

26 PANEL_R

27 PANEL_R

CN3

1 AF_SW

2 ND_SW

3 DE_ON

4 DE_SEL

5 GND

6 AV_SO

7 AV_SCLK

8 LM_CS

9 DVDD3V

10 LM_RST

11 CAM_PW_SW

12 VTR_PW_SW

13 N.C

14 N.C

15 N.C

CN4

CN1001 LCD12V

2 LCD_DA_LOAD

3 LCD_EEP_CS

4 LCD_3V

5 LCD_CEN

6 SIN1

7 SOUT1

8 SCLK1

9 VTR_UNREG

10 MO_GND

11 CSYNC1

12 MO_GND

13 LCD_ON

14 LCD_BL_ON

15 PANEL_B

16 PNL_BT_SW

17 PANEL_R

18 GND

19 GND

20 PANEL_G

21 LI_3V

22 GND

23 SP_-

24 SP_+

25 LM_RST

26 PAE/GRN_SW

27 AV_SCLK

28 DVDD3V

29 GND

30 AV_SO

31 GAIN_SW

32 LM_CS

33 CDIAL_CCW

34 WB_SW

35 CDIAL_SW

36 AF_SW

37 MDIAL_CCW

38 CDIAL_CW

39 AD_KEY2

40 ND_SW

41 AD_KEY0

42 PNL_OPEN_SW

43 CAM_PW_LED

44 MDIAL_CW

45 CAM_PW_SW

46 AD_KEY1

47 AUTO_MANUAL

48 VTR_PW_LED

49 MMC_LED

50 VTR_PW_SW

CN9011 PNL_BT_SW

2 GND

3 LCD3V

4 N.C

5 N.C

CN9021 PANEL_R

2 PANEL_G

3 PANEL_B

4 GND

5 CSYNC1

6 GND

7 SCLK1

8 SOUT1

9 SIN1

10 LCD_EEP_CS

11 LCD_CEN

12 GND

13 GND

14 PNL_BT_SW

15 LCD_ON

16 LCD_BL_ON

17 LCD12V

18 LCD_DA_LOAD

C KEY2 PCB

CN41011 GND

2 BL5V

3 BL5V

4 COM

5 G

6 R

7 B

8 GND

9 HCK1

10 HCK2

11 HST

R KEY PCB

CN10011 GND

2 GND

3 SIG_G

4 SUB_R

5 GND

6 V1G

7 SIG_R

8 V2G

9 GND

10 V3G

11 GND

12 V4G

13 (-7V)

14 SUB_G

15 GND

16 GND

17 GND

18 H2G

19 H2R

20 H1G

21 H1R

22 GND

23 GND

24 GND

25 CCDRST

26 H2B

27 GND

28 H1B

29 15V

30 GND

31 V4RB

32 SUB_B

33 V3RB

34 GND

35 V2RB

36 GND

37 V1RB

38 SIG_B

39 B_GND

40 B_GND12 EN

13 STB

14 VCK

15 VST

16 VDD

CN41021 VDD

2 VSS

3 VST

4 VCK

5 STB

6 EN

7 DWN

8 RGT

9 HST

10 HCK2

11 HCK1

12 BLK

13 B

14 R

15 G

16 COM

CN16011 GND

2 CAM_A3V

3 Y_GY_OFS

4 Y_GY_AMP

5 P_GY_OFS

6 P_GY_AMP

7 I_ISW

8 GND

LCD PCB

12 MIC_GND

13 MIC_GND

14 MIC_GND

15 MIC_GND

16 MIC_GND

17 MIC_GND

18 MIC_GND

19 MIC_R1

20 MIC_R2

21 MIC_L2

22 MIC_L1

23 MIC_L1

CN1001 N.C

2 N.C

3 N.C

4 VTR_PW_SW

5 CAM_PW_SW

6 LM_RST

7 DVDD3V

8 LM_CS

9 AV_SCLK

10 AV_SO

11 GND

12 DE_SEL

13 DE_ON

14 ND_SW

15 AF_SW

CVF PCB

CN1011 SHOE_5V

2 SHOE_5V

3 SHOE_MIC_L

4 SHOE_MIC_R

5 MIC_GND

6 MIC_GND

7 MIC_GND

8 MIC_GND

9 MIC_GND

10 MIC_GND

11 MIC_GND

12 MIC_R1

13 MIC_R2

14 MIC_L2

15 MIC_L1

CN1021 MIC_GND

2 MIC_L1

3 MIC_GND

4 MIC_R2

5 MIC_L2

6 MIC_GND

7 MIC_R1

8 MIC_GND

CN1031 UNREG

2 UNREG

3 UNREG

4 UNREG

5 UNREG _GND

6 UNREG _GND

7 UNREG _GND

8 UNREG _GND

9 ID_1

10 SHOE_5V

11 SHOE_5V

12 MIC_GND

13 MIC_GND

14 MIC_GND

15 MIC_GND

16 SHOE_MIC_L

17 SHOE_MIC_R

18 GND

19 STSPC

20 AVEFI

21 CCC

22 EFIDO

23 EFIDO

CN1041 DVDD3V

2 TALLY_LED

3 N.C

4 GND

5 DVDD4.7V

6 RMC_IN

19 LCD3V

20 LCD3V

21 VTR_UNREG

22 VTR_UNREG

23 VTR_UNREG

24 MO_GND

25 MO_GND

26 MO_GND

27 MO_GND

CN9031 N.C

2 CKH1

3 CKH2

4 PCG

5 XPCG

6 HVDD

7 STH

8 XSTH

9 HVSS

10 CSH

11 G

12 R

13 B

14 PCD

15 N.C

16 CSV

17 VVDD

18 ENB

19 XENB

20 VVSS

21 STV

22 XSTV

23 CKV1

24 CKV2

25 COM

26 N.C

46 B(8)

47 G(9)

48 B(9)

49 GND

50 GND

51 CAM3V

52 GND

53 CAM3V

54 CAM4.7V

55 CAM3V

56 CAM4.7V

57 PLL

58 TG_CS

59 GND

60 TGNPSW

61 CCD+

62 CCDRD_INT

63 CCD+

64 FLDET

65 TG_SLEEP

66 FLRST

67 CCD-

68 DVSW_CAM

69 GND

70 GND

CA PCB GY PCB

MJ PCB

CN7011 MIC_GND

2 EXT_L

3 EXT_R

4 N.C

5 N.C

6 GND

7 SHOE_MIC_L

8 SHOE_MIC_R

CN7021 N.C

2 MIC_5V

3 N.C

CN7031 SHOE_5V

2 SHOE_5V

3 SHOE_MIC_L

4 SHOE_MIC_R

5 MIC_GND

6 MIC_GND

7 MIC_GND

8 MIC_GND

9 MIC_GND

10 MIC_GND

11 MIC_GND

12 MIC_R1

13 MIC_R2

14 MIC_L2

15 MIC_L1

CN8011 GND

2 HP_L

3 HP_R

4 GND

5 HP_DET

CN8021 GND

2 HP_R

3 HP_L

4 HP_DET

5 MIC_5V

6 MIC_5V

7 MIC_5V

8 EXT_DET

9 SHOE_5V_ON

10 EXT_R

11 EXT_L

30 ND_HL_OUT-

31 DUMP+

32 ND_DUMP-

33 DRIVE-

34 ND_DUMP+

35 DRIVE+

36 ND_DRIVE-

37 FOCUS_LED

38 ND_DRIVE+

39 FOCUS_SENS

40 THERMO_VDD

41 FOCUS_VCC

42 THERMO_OUT

43 MD_GND

44 THERMO_GND

45 N.C

46 CAM4.7V

47 VAP_P5V

48 CAM4.7V

49 VAP_P5V

50 VC

CN7011 COM1

2 COM2

3 COM3

4 S1

5 S2

6 S3

7 S4

8 S5

9 S6

10 S7

11 S8

12 S9

13 S10

14 S11

15 S12

16 S13

17 S14

18 S15

19 S16

20 S17

21 S18

22 S19

23 S20

24 S21

25 S22

26 S23

27 S24

28 N.C

CKEY1 PCB

LENS PCB

CN1011 ZOOM A(AA)

2 ZOOM A(AB)

3 ZOOM B(BA)

4 ZOOM B(BB)

5 FOCUS A(AA)

6 FOCUS A(AB)

7 FOCUS B(BA)

8 FOCUS B(BB)

9 ZOOM_LED1

10 ZOOM SENS1

11 ZOOM VCC

12 ZOOM_LED2

13 ZOOM SENS2

14 GND

15 HALL_IN(+)

16 HALL_OUT(+)

17 HALL_IN(-)

18 HALL_OUT(-)

19 DUMP-

20 DUMP+51 LPF_YPWM

52 CAM3V

53 LPF_PPWM

54 CAM3V

55 P_PSD

56 FOCUS_KEY1

57 Y_PSD

58 FOCUS_KEY0

59 GND

60 GND

CKEY3 PCB

CN1011 AUTO_MANUAL

2 PAE/GRN_SW

3 MDIAL_CW

4 MDIAL_CCW

5 GND

6 AD_KEY2

CARD PCB

CN4001 GND

2 CARD_PRO

3 CARD_OPEN

4 CARD_DET

5 GND

6 CARD_VDD

7 GND

8 CARD_DAT

9 GND

10 CARD_CLK

11 GND

12 CARD_CMD

13 GND

14 CAM_A3V

15 Y_GY_OFS

16 Y_GY_AMP

17 P_GY_OFS

18 P_GY_AMP

19 I_ISW

20 GND

CN4011 MMC_RSV

2 MMC_CMD

3 MMC_VSS1

4 MMC_VDD

5 MMC_CLK

6 MMC_VSS1

7 MMC_DAT

8 MMC_DAT1

9 MMC_DAT2

10 CARD_PRO

11 GND

12 CARD_DET

CN4021 GND

2 I_ISW

3 P_GY_AMP

4 P_GY_OFS

5 Y_GY_AMP

6 Y_GY_OFS

7 CAM_A3V

8 GND

TRIG FPC

CN1001 MO_GND

2 SHOE_NC1

3 ID_2

4 N.C

5 SHOE_NC2

6 ID_1

7 MO_GND

8 SHOE_UNREG

9 STSP

10 CCC

11 DVDD3V

12 DVDD4.7V

13 GND

14 ZOOM_T

15 H_PHOTO_SW

16 S/S_SW

17 AD_KEY3

18 AD_KEY4

19 PHOTO_SW

20 GND

21 ZOOM_W

22 RMC_IN

23 TALLY_LED

24 GND

25 AVEF

26 EFID

27 SHOE_UNREG

CN41 AUTO_MANUAL

2 PAE/GRN_SW

3 MDIAL_CW

4 MDIAL_CCW

5 GND

6 AD_KEY2

CN51 CDIAL_SW

2 CDIAL_CW

3 CDIAL_CCW

4 GND

5 N.C

CN61 SP_+

2 SP_-

3 PNL_OPEN_SW

4 GND

CN81 VTR_PW_LED

2 CAM_PW_LED

3 DVDD3V

4 GND

5 REC_-

6 REC_+

CN10511 GND

2 GND

3 R(0)

4 VD2

5 R(1)

6 VD

7 R(2)

8 HD2

9 R(3)

10 HD2

11 R(4)

12 F2CK

13 GND

14 GND

15 R(5)

16 FCK

17 R(6)

18 AGC_RST

19 R(7)

20 AGC_CS

21 R(8)

22 CAM_SO0

23 R(9)

24 CAM_SCLK0

25 GND

26 GND

27 G(0)

28 B(0)

29 G(1)

30 B(1)

31 G(2)

32 B(2)

33 G(3)

34 B(3)

35 G(4)

36 B(4)

37 GND

38 GND

39 G(5)

40 B(5)

41 G(6)

42 B(6)

43 G(7)

44 B(7)

45 G(8)

CN21 ZOOM_AD

2 CAM_3V

3 GND

4 GND

21 DRIVE(-)

22 DRIVE(+)

23 ND_HL_IN+

24 ND_HL_OUT+

25 ND_HL_IN-

26 ND_HL_OUT-

27 ND_DUMP-

28 ND_DUMP+

29 ND_DRIVE-

30 ND_DRIVE+

31 N.C

32 THERMO_GND

33 THERMO_VDD

34 THERMO_OUT

35 FOCUS LED

36 FOCUS SEMS

37 FOCUS VCC

38 N.C

39 N.C

CN1021 FOCUS KEY0

2 FOCUS KEY1

3 MF_GND

4 MF_3V

5 VC

6 YPSD_OUT

7 P_GND

8 P_GND

9 LPF_PPWM

10 VAP_P5V

11 VAP_P5V

12 CAM_5V

13 LPF_YPWM

14 CAM_GND

15 PPSD_OUT

CN1031 MD_GND

2 MD_GND

3 ZOOM_AA

4 FOCUS_AA

5 ZOOM_AB

6 FOCUS_AB

7 ZOOM_BA

8 FOCUS_BA

9 ZOOM_BB

10 FOCUS_BB

11 MD_GND

12 MD_GND

13 ZOOM_LED1

14 ZOOM_SENS1

15 ZOOM_VCC

16 ZOOM_SENS2

17 ZOOM_LED2

18 MF_LED

19 MD_GND

20 N.C

21 HALL_IN+

22 THERMO_GND

23 HALL_OUT+

24 ND_HL_IN+

25 HALL_IN-

26 ND_HL_OUT+

27 HALL_OUT-

28 ND_HL_IN-

29 DUMP-

ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL

DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNAL

CA PCB

IC1057NJM2870F28

2.7V REG

29 15V

13 -7V

7 SIG R

3 SIG G

39 SIG B

4 SUB R

14 SUB G

32 SUB B

37 V1 RB

35 V2 RB

33 V3 RB

31 V4 RB

8 V1G

8 V2G

10 V3G

12 V4G

21 H1 R

19 H2 R

20 H1 G

18 H2 G

28 H1 B

26 H2 B

CCD 15VCN1001

TOLENSUNIT

CCD -7V

CAM 3VV INCAMREG 2.7V

IC1006NJM2870F35

3.5V REG

IC1054C3624

CDS/AGC/AD

IC1056SN74AHC1G32HDCK

OR

IC1055SN74AHC1G32HDCK

OR

IC1053TC7W74FU

D-FF

IC1004MN52A1

TIMING GENERATORIC1001MN3114V DRIVE

IC1003TC74VHC04FT

H DRIVE

CAM 5VV OUT

V OUT

V IN

4 5

4 5

1

24

5

3

8

18

11

15

23

43

80

3.5V

2.7V

CAM4.7VCAMREG 2.7V

50MHz

CAM15V

CAM-7V

CAM3V

CDSR IN

G IN

B IN

AVDD1CAMREG 2.7V

AVDD2

AVDD3

AVDD4

31

38 39 40 41

30

29

32

33

OBP

CAMREG 2.7V

CAMREG 2.7V

CAMREG 2.7V

PBLK

CPOB

SHD

SHR

HD2

HD

VD

VD2

SCS

SDATA

DVSW CAM

TGNPSW

FCK

F2CK

F2CKI

SCLK

PDOWN

CLP

BLK

SHD

SHR

CDS

CDS

AGC

AGC

AGC

CONTROL

SCK

A/D RDO9

RDO8

RDO7

RDO6

RDO5

RDO4

RDO3

RDO2

RDO1

RDO0

GDO9 CN1051TOCAMERASECTION-2MAIN P.C.BCN1001

TOCAMERASECTION-3 MAIN P.C.BCN1001

GDO8

GDO7

GDO6

GDO5

GDO4

GDO3

GDO2

GDO1

GDO0

BDO9

BDO8

BDO7

BDO6

BDO5

BDO4

BDO3

BDO2

BDO1

BDO0

A/D

A/D

23R(9)

21R(8)

19R(7)

17R(6)

15R(5)

11R(4)

9R(3)

7R(2)

5R(1)

3R(0)

47G(9)

45G(8)

43G(7)

41G(6)

39G(5)

35G(4)

33G(3)

31G(2)

29G(1)

27G(0)

48B(9)

46B(8)

44B(7)

42B(6)

40B(5)

36B(4)

34B(3)

32B(2)

30B(1)

28B(0)

8HD2

10HD

6VD

4VD2

20AGC CS

18AGC RST

58TG CS

22CAM SO0

24CAM SCLK0

65TG SLEEP

68DVSW CAM

60TGNPSW

16FCK

12F2CK

57PLL

62CCDRD INT

54CAM4.7V

56CAM4.7V

61CCD+

63CCD+

67CCD-

51CAM3V

53CAM3V

55CAM3V

SDAT

A

CSN

RESE

TN

37 36 35 34

ROCK

GOCK

BOCK

ADCK

7

25

40

58

CAM 3V

CCD 15V

CCD -7V

H2

H1

V4

V3

V2

V1

SUB

CH1

CH2

VDD-3

VDD-4

VDD-1

VDD-2

35 VDD33.5V

3.5V

2

14

2 5

1

58

CLK

D Q

IC1005TC7WU04FUINVERTER

2648

6 7 1

15

16

17

18

10

2

58

54

4

1

19

11

47

46

9

8CONTROL

TIMINGGENERATOR

12 13

1/2

2 1

37

36

8 9

6 5

10 11

4 3

14 VCC

1 13

11

9

15

17

10

14

16

12

6

23

19

3

5

22

20

4

8

21

33

31

32

27

28

29

30

24

18

2

OSUB

OV5

OV6

OV7

OV8

V1R

V2RB

V3RB

V4RB

V1G

V2G

V3G

V4G

OV1

OV2

OV3

OV4

VH

VH

VL

ISB

CH1

CH3

CH2

CH4

IV1

IV2

IV3

IV4

VCC

VM

H1R

H2R

H1G

H2G

H1B

H2B

67

68

69

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

54

55

56

CAMERA SECTION-1

CANON INC., 2002C01 JULY,2002

DATA COMMUNICATION


CARD USB/SIC SIGNAL

IC1002NJM2870F35

3.5V REG

23 R(9)

21 R(8)

19 R(7)

17 R(6)

15 R(5)

13 R(4)

9 R(3)

7 R(2)

5 R(1)

3 R(0)

47 G(9)

45 G(8)

43 G(7)

41 G(6)

39 G(5)

35 G(4)

33 G(3)

31 G(2)

29 G(1)

27 G(0)

48 B(9)

46 B(8)

44 B(7)

42 B(6)

40 B(5)

36 B(4)

34 B(3)

32 B(2)

30 B(1)

28 B(0)

4 VD2

8 HD2

16 FCK

12 F2CK

6 VD

10 HD

55 PLL

65 CCD- CCD-7V

CAM4.7V

CAM3V

CCD15V

54 CAM4.7V

56 CAM4.7V

49 CAM3V

51 CAM3V

53 CAM3V

59 CCD+

61 CCD+

CN1001VIC A(7)

VIC A(6)

VIC A(5)

VIC A(4)

VIC A(3)

VIC A(2)

VIC A(1)

VIC A(0)

VIC 27M

TOCAMERASECTION-1CA P.C.B.CN1051

CAM 4.7V

CARD3V

CARD2.5VCLK 13.5

CAM 3V

CARD3V

CARD2.5V

V IN3.5V

IC1005TC7WH74FK

D-FF

IC1004MN7GD02B5D

DSP

CAM 3V

F2CK

QCLK

V OUT

D

4 5

IC40042.5V REG

CARD3VV INCARD2.5V V OUT4 5

IC1001TA76432FC2.2V REG

REF

2.2V

K3 4

5 2

8

1

CAM 4.7V

IC1003TC7WH74FK

D-FF

CAM 3V

Q1001

DCLK

Q2 5

8

1

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-2 MAIN P.C.B

TOCAMERASECTION-3 MAIN P.C.B

MAD(15)

MAD(14)

MAD(13)

MAD(12)

MAD(11)

MAD(10)

MAD(9)

MAD(8)

MAD(7)

MAD(6)

MAD(5)

MAD(4)

MAD(3)

MAD(2)

MAD(1)

MAD(0)

BEND INT

VD INT

V1V2

RE

DRWSEL

DAS

WEL

CAMRSTON

CAM SO1

CAM SI1

CAM SCLK1

AFIC RST

AFIC CS

THRUL

CAM 4.7V

TOCAMERASECTION-3MAIN P.C.B.

CLK 13.5

2.2V

2.2V

CAM1.7V

CAM3V

3.5V

CAM1.7V

CAM3V

CLKOUT54M

RSTLSI

DW1

FRP

DT4 BUSY

DT4 WAKEUP

DT4 RST

DVDD3V

CAM3V

41 125RIN9

40 RIN8

39 RIN7

38 RIN6

37 RIN5

36 RIN4

35 RIN3

34 RIN2

33 RIN1

32 RIN0

51 GIN9

50 GIN8

49 GIN7

48 GIN6

47 GIN5

46 GIN4

45 GIN3

44 GIN2

43 GIN1

42 GIN0

61 BIN9

60 BIN8

59 BIN7

58 BIN6

57 BIN5

56 BIN4

55 BIN3

54 BIN2

53 BIN1

52 BIN0

69 VD2

67 HD2

70 FCK

71 F2CK

86 VD

66 HD

103 CLK 13.5

72 F2CK

21 MADB15

20 MADB14

19 MADB13

18 MADB12

17 MADB11

16 MADB10

15 MADB9

14 MADB8

13 MADB7

12 MADB6

11 MADB5

10 MADB4

9 MADB3

8 MADB2

7 MADB1

6

62

28

27

26

63

94

95

96

220

222

223

224

225

230

231

232

233

234

235MADB0

148 CAMRSTON

23 BEND INT

5 DSTBWE

24 VD INT

22 V1V2

2 RE

3 DRWSEL

4 DAS

YOUT7

124YOUT6

123YOUT5

122YOUT4

121YOUT3

120YOUT2

119YOUT1

118YOUT0

133COUT7

132COUT6

131COUT5

130COUT4

129COUT3

128COUT2

127COUT1

126COUT0

135INV

134INH

138MEGA PIX

139DSTBO

137BUSY

140BLK END

202VDDVTR1

203VDDVTR2

204VDDVTR3

205VDDVTR4

206VDDVTR5

207VDDVTR6

208VDDVTR7

209VDDVTR8

210VDDVTR9

195YEOUT31

194YEOUT30

193YEOUT29

192YEOUT28

191YEOUT27

190YEOUT26

189YEOUT25

188YEOUT24

VDDI6

VDDI5

VDDI4

VDDI3

VDDI2

VDDI1

VDD18D4

VDD18D3

VDD18D2

VDD18D1

VDD33D

VDDAM3

VDDAM2

VDDAM1

VDDRGB2

VDDRGB1

VDDCPU3

VDDCPU2

VDDCPU1

IC1005UPD89039G8

MEGA IC1 44YIIN7

2 YIIN6

3 YIIN5

4 YIIN4

5 YIIN3

6 YIIN2

7 YIIN1

8 YIIN0

12 CIN7

13 CIN6

14 CIN5

15 CIN4

16 CIN3

18 CIN2

19 CIN1

20 CIN0

55 INVI

60 INHI

54 MEGA I

52 DSTB I

21 MEGA BUSY O

53 BLKEND O

10 VDD1

45 VDD2

11 VDD2-1

17 VDD2-2

33 VDD2-3

49 VDD2-4

63 VDD2-5

64 VDD2-6

YOUT7

43YOUT6

42YOUT5

40YOUT4

39YOUT3

38YOUT2

37YOUT1

36YOUT0

34COUT7

32COUT6

31COUT5

30COUT4

29COUT3

28COUT2

27COUT1

26COUT0

47INVO

46INHO

51MEGA O

48DSTB O

25MEGA BUSY I

50MEGA BEND

23CAMRSTON

22THRUL

47 44YIIN7

46 YIIN6

45 YIIN5

39 YIIN4

38 YIIN3

37 YIIN2

36 YIIN1

35 YIIN0

32 CIN7

31 CIN6

30 CIN5

29 CIN4

20 CIN3

19 CIN2

18 CIN1

17 CIN0

34 INV

33 INH

54 EXOR

3 CLK11

24 CLK22

2 HD

9 CLK13

VOUT7

43VOUT6

41VOUT5

40VOUT4

28VOUT3

27VOUT2

22VOUT1

21VOUT0

56CLK27

26VDD1

58VDD2

55ENABLE

16PALNTSC

48PDC

7HD RST

13CBSEL

12EIASMPTE

195 167CAM Y7

171 CAM Y6

138 CAM Y5

48 CAM Y4

96 CAM Y3

170 CAM Y2

196 CAM Y1

137 CAM Y0

140 CAM C7

50 CAM C6

98 CAM C5

141 CAM C4

172 CAM C3

139 CAM C2

49 CAM C1

97 CAM C0

99 CAM V

51 CAM H

42 MEGA PIXREQ

41 DSTB

133 BLKENO

91 MEGA BEND

144 DR A13

6 DR A12

175 DR A11

57 DR A10

105 DR A9

143 DR A8

172 DR A7

56 DR A6

4 DR A5

103 DR A4

173 DR A3

142 DR A2

104 DR A1

5 DR A0

14 DR DQ15

63 DR DQ14

110 DR DQ13

62 DR DQ12

148 DR DQ11

10 DR DQ10

178 DR DQ9

108 DR DQ8

142 DR DQ7

61 DR DQ6

109 DR DQ5

149 DR DQ4

11 DR DQ3

12 DR DQ2

65 DR DQ1

112

20

21

35

22

34

33

32

31

30

29

26

25

24

23

53

51

50

48

47

42

44

42

13

11

10

8

7

5

4

2 DR DQ0

106 DR CSB

107 DR CLK

59 DR CKE

177 DR CASB

60 DR WEB

145 DR UDQM

8 DR RASB

9

19

38

37

17

16

39

18

15 DR LDQM

132 VDD22 1

100 VDD22 2

101 VDD33 1

145 VDD33 2

54 VDD33 3

111 VDD33 4

153 VDD33 5

76

1

14

27

3

9

43

49

49 VDD33 6

121 VDD33 7

161 VDD33 8

88 VDD33 9

1 DVDD PLL

M TO DT4 SCK

M TO DT4

DT4 TO M102 AVDD PLL

VTR Y7

44VTR Y6

192VTR Y5

134VTR Y4

92VTR Y3

166VTR Y2

43VTR Y1

191VTR Y0

169VTR C7

136VTR C6

94VTR C5

168VTR C4

193VTR C3

45VTR C2

135VTR C1

93VTR C0

47VTR V

95VTR H

25FR A18

24FR A17

116FR A16

21FR A15

183FR A14

72FR A13

118FR A12

184FR A11

23FR A10

156FR A9

74FR A8

157FR A7

119FR A6

73FR A5

155FR A4

22FR A3

154FR A2

117FR A1

71FR A0

181FR DQ15

151FR DQ14

68FR DQ13

113FR DQ12

15FR DQ11

179FR DQ10

114FR DQ9

69FR DQ8

115FR DQ7

17FR DQ6

180FR DQ5

16FR DQ4

67FR DQ3

150FR DQ2

18FR DQ1

19FR DQ0

70FR CEB

120FR WEB

86BTRST

160TESTIOD6

77MMC CS

152FR OEB

131CLKOUT

54VDD25 1

7VDD25 2

13VDD25 3

20VDD25 4

78VDD25 5

33VDD25 6

REB

DW1

CLKOUT54M

RSTLS1

MMC CS

39VDD25 7

85SYS RST B

29HOST IN1

28HOST IN0

122HOST IO0

185HOST SCKB

79HOST SI

123HOST SO

A13

A12

A11

A10

A9

A8

A7

A6

A4

A3

A2

A1

A0

A5

DQ15

DQ14

DQ13

DQ12

DQ11

DQ10

DQ9

DQ8

DQ7

DQ6

DQ5

DQ4

DQ3

DQ2

DQ1

DQ0

/CS

CLK

CKE

/CAS

/WE

DQMU

/RAS

DQML

VCC1

VCC2

VCC3

VCCQ1

VCCQ2

VCCQ3

VCCQ4

VCCQ4

IC1261F432166BPN

AF IC

IC4003W986416DH-7

SDRAM

52 DIN8

53 DIN7

54 DIN6

55 DIN5

56 DIN4

57 DIN3

58 DIN2

59 DIN1

63 TESTIN8

64 TESTIN7

65 TESTIN6

66 TESTIN5

67 TESTIN4

68 TESTIN3

69 TESTIN2

70 TESTIN1

13 SDI

18 SDO

12 SCLK

10 XINTRST

11 XSYSRST

9 XCE

15VCC

14VCC

20VCC

21VCC

30VCC

38VCC

48VCC

75VD

74HD

78MCLK

IC4001UPD65943GA-Y08-9EU

CARD I/F IC

IC4002MBM29LV4000BC-90PBT

FLASH ROM

10

21

ADR0

11 ADR1

12 ADR2

14 ADR3

15 ADR4

9 DATA 15

8 DATA 14

7 DATA 13

5 DATA 12

4 DATA 11

3 DATA 10

1 DATA 8

2 DATA 9

47 DATA 7

46 DATA 6

45 DATA 5

44 DATA 4

43 DATA 3

42 DATA 2

41 DATA 1

40 DATA 0

38 FR CEB

39 WEB

31 CLK

17 RESETB

36 CSB

27CARD DO

25CARD CLK

WINK ENO

22MEMO ENO

13VDD1

30VDD2

48VDD3 CARD 3V

26CARD DI

23PORT2

Q4000,4001

19 A1

25 A0

13 A2

1 A3

7 A4

20 A5

14 A6

2 A7

11 A8

5 A9

17 A10

23 A11

12 A12

6 A13

18 A14

24 A15

30 A16

8 A17

15 A18

42 DQ15

35 DQ14

41 DQ13

34 DQ12

39 DQ11

33 DQ10

32 DQ8

38 DQ9

29 DQ7

47 DQ6

28 DQ5

46 DQ4

45 DQ3

27 DQ2

44 DQ1

26 DQ0

40

31 CEFR CEB

TESTIOD6

FR OEB

DT4 RST

3 RY/BY

37 OE

10 RESET

VCC

MAIN PCB(1/9)

CARD LED

DT4 RST

DT4 WAKEUP

FRP

DT4 BUSY

M TO DT4 SCK

M TO DT4

DT4 TO M

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-1 MAIN P.C.B

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-2MAIN P.C.B

IC1301MBCG47103-111

IF-IC

IFNPSW

IF PDC

HD RST

CB SW

C BAR SEL

WINK ENO

MEMO ENO

CCD 15V

CCD-7V

CAM1.7V

CAM3V

CARD3V

DVDD3V

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-1 MAIN P.C.B

CARD SCK

CARD DO

CARD CMD

IC4000UPD84006S1-912

DT4

PLL

FCK

F2CK

CLK 13.5

CAMERA SECTION-2


CCD 15V

CCD -7V

CAM 1.7V

CAM 3V

CARD 3V

DVDD 3V

DATA COMMUNICATION

IC1055PST596JNR

RESET

CAM 3V

F RST

Z RST1

Z RST2

P5V

PWM FA

PWM FBF PSB

PWM ZA

PWM ZB

Z PSB

CAM 3V

CAM 4.7V

MAD(15)

MAD(14)

MAD(13)

MAD(12)

MAD(11)

MAD(10)

MAD(9)

MAD(8)

MAD(7)

MAD(6)

MAD(5)

MAD(4)

MAD(3)

MAD(2)

MAD(1)

MAD(0)

MAD(15)

IC1054MN103004K

CAMERA MI-COM

MAD(14)

MAD(13)

MAD(12)

MAD(11)

MAD(10)

MAD(9)

MAD(8)

MAD(7)

MAD(6)

MAD(5)

MAD(4)

MAD(3)

MAD(2)

MAD(1)

MAD(0)

DRWSEL

DAS

CAMRSTON

BEND INT

WEL

VD INT

V1V2

THRUL

RE

AFIC RST

AFIC CS

DRWSEL

DAS

CAMRSTON

BEND INT

WEL

VD INT

V1V2

THRUL

RE

AFIC RST

AFIC CS

CAM SO1

CAM SI1

CAM SCLK1

CAM 3V

AVEF INT

IC1051NJM2406F

ZOOM T

ZOOM W

ST ON

EF ID

CCC

STSP

Q1052

Q1053

CAM A3V

CAM 3VETOC DATA

REST

F PSB

Z PSB

V OUT

IC1204UPD16877MAMOTOR DRIVE

CAM A3VY PWM

P PWM

I ISW

CAM A3V

CAM 4.7V

LPF YPWM

LPF PPWM

VC

VCC5 4

P 5V

Q162

Q1623

CONTCAM 4.7V

VAP 5V

V OUT43

VIN 5

1

34

TOCAMERASECTION-2 MAIN P.C.B

TOCAMERASECTION-2MAIN P.C.B

5 FOCUS A(AA)

FOCUS-A(AB)

FOCUS B(BA)

FOCUS-B(BB)

ZOOM A(AA)

ZOOM-A(AB)

ZOOM B(BA)

ZOOM-B(BB)

FOCUS LED

FOCUS SENS

FOCUS VCC

ZOOM VCC

ZOOM LED1

ZOOM LED2

ZOOM SENS1

ZOOM SENS2

DRIVE(-)

DRIVE(+)

DUMP(-)

DUMP(+)

HALL OUT(+)

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

35

36

37

11

9

12

10

13

21

22

19

20

16

18 HALL OUT(-)

15 HALL IN(+)

17 HALL IN(-)

30 ND DRIVE+

29 ND DRIVE-

28 ND DUMP+

27 ND DUMP-

25 ND H IN-

23 ND H IN+

24 ND H OUT+

26 ND H OUT-

33 THERMO VDD

34 THERMO OUT

CN101 CN103 CN1201TOLENS

5 VCMF LED

P5V

CAM 4.7V

CAM 3V

MF GND

FOCUS KEY1

FOCUS KEY0

LPF PPWM

LPF YPWM

P PSD OUT

Y PSD OUT

VAP 5V

VAP 5V

CAM 5V

MF 3V

3

1

2

9

13

15

6

10

11

12

4

CN102

4 CAM A3V

Y GY OFS

I ISW

P GY AMP

P GY OFS

Y GY AMP

2

3

5

7

9

CN104

7 ZOOM T

ZOOM W

AVREF

EFID

CCC

STSP

8

16

18

15

17

7

8

16

18

15

17

CN102

60

ND SW

CDIAL CW

AF SW

WB SW

CDIAL SW

CDIAL CCW

63

58

68

62

19

18

GAIN SW

20

22

CN101

6 ZOOM AD

CAM 3V5

CN103

4

6

8

10

3

5

7

9

37

39

41

15

13

17

14

16

33

35

29

31

23

27

21

25

38

36

34

32

28

24

26

30

50

18

TOCS P.C.B.

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-2CARD P.C.B.CN400

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-3TRIGGER F.P.C.CN1

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-3C-KEY P.C.B.CN100

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-3R-KEY P.C.B.CN100

CAM 3V CAM 4.7V

CAM 4.7V

VAP 5V

CAM 3V

CAM 4.7V

57 31

123

124

196

133

195

194

14

64

82

135

179

205

30

48

63

70

116

151

166

192

103

104

126

127

76

77

97

79

73

98

128

18

17

95

101

119

139

140

96

13

11

10

3

4

6

15

2

152

19

153

155

111

136

134

206

204

193

191

190

154

109

129

130

143

142

141

21

20

1

118

176

117

112

178

177

120

121

122

99

100

102

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

28

26

113

29

52

115

114

25

50

75

74

202

203

201

69

71

72

68

67

24

23

188

189

187

148

149

110

2 9

23

4

21

5

19

7

17

24

IN1

11IN2

10EN1

12EN2

13IN3

15IN4

14EN3

16EN4

IC1202MB88347LPFV

D/A CONVERTER

IC1621NJM2870F47

4.7V REG

2 14

3

15

10

4

5

6

7

DIOFFSET

IRIS

IE1

IE2

NE1

NE2

P GY OFS

Y GY OFS

13CLK

12LD

8VDD

9VCC

1VM1

8VM4

20VM23

2

6

4

1

3

48

1

3

2

DOVCC

CS

DI

SK

LENS PCB MAIN PCB(2/9)

VTOC DATA

CTOV DATA

VTOC CLK

CTOV LATCH

VTOC EN

CTOV RX

CTOV EN

VIC PARALEEL

VIC FREEZE

VIC FRAME

CAMCARD OFF1

CCD ON

CTOV LATCH

VTOC EN

CTOV RX

CTOV EN

VIC PARALEEL

VIC FREEZE

VIC FRAMECAMCARD OFF1

CCD ON

PWM FA

PWM FB

PWM ZA

PWM ZB

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-1MAIN P.C.B

TGNPSWCN1001

TG SLEEP

TG CS

DVSW CAM

CCDRD INT

AGC RST

AGC CS

TGNPSW

TG SLEEP

TG CS

DVSW CAM

CCDRD INT

AGC RST

AGC CS

CAM SO0

24 CAM SCLK0


TOCAMERASECTION-1CA P.C.BCN1051

IFNPSW

IF PDC

HD RST

CB SW

C BAR SEL

WINK ENO

MEMO ENO

IFNPSW

IF PDC

HD RST

CB SW

C BAR SEL

WINK ENO

MEMO ENO

CTOM DATA

MTOC DATA

CTOM CLK

CTOM RX

CTOM EN

MTOC EN

CTOM RX

CTOM EN

MTOC EN


CCD ON

CAM 3V

P5V

CAM 4.7V

FOCUS AA

FOCUS AB

FOCUS BA

FOCUS BB

ZOOM AA

ZOOM AB

ZOOM BA

ZOOM BB

FOCUS LED

FOCUS SENS

FOCUS VCC

ZOOM VCC

ZOOM LED1

ZOOM LED2

ZOOM SENS1

ZOOM SENS2

DRIVE-

DRIVE+

DUMP-

DUMP+

HALL OUT+

HALL OUT-

HALL IN+

HALL IN-

ND DRIVE+

ND DRIVE-

ND DUMP+

ND DUMP-

ND H IN-

ND H IN+

ND H OUT+

ND H OUT-

VC

MF LED

56FOCUS KEY1

58FOCUS KEY0

40THERMO VDD

42THERMO OUT

51LPF PPWM

53LPF YPWM

55P PSD

57Y PSD

47P5V

49P5V

46CAM 4.7V

48CAM 4.7V

52CAM 3V

54CAM 3V

4

6

8

10

3

5

7

9

37

39

41

15

13

17

14

16

33

35

29

31

23

27

21

25

38

36

34

32

28

24

26

30

50

18

56

58

40

42

51

53

55

57

47

49

46

48

52

54

FOCUS AA FOCUS AA

FOCUS AB FOCUS AB

FOCUS BA FOCUS BA

FOCUS BB FOCUS BB

ZOOM AA ZOOM AA

ZOOM AB ZOOM AB

ZOOM BA

ZOOM BB

ZOOM BA

ZOOM BB

FOCUS LED

ZOOM LED1

ZOOM LED2

Q1205

Q1206

LED RET0 LED RET0

LED RET1

IRIS CL

IRIS GAINLED RET0

LED RET1

IRIS CL

IRIS GAIN

I ENC

ND DRIVE

DA LD

ND ENC

LED RET2

FOCUS KEY1

FOCUS KEY0

FB TEMP

F RST

Z RST1

Z RST2

P PSD

Y PSD

Y GY AMP

P GY AMP

I ISW

Y PWM

P PWM

ZOOM AD

WB KEY

GAINSW KEY

CDIAL KEY

CDIAL CW

CDIAL CCW

NDSW KEY

AF KEY

ZOOMW KEY

ZOOMT KEY

ST ON

STSP

CCC

AVEF INT

AVEF

EF ID

I ENC

CAM SO1

CAM SCLK1

ND DRIVE

ND ENC

FOCUS KEY1

FOCUS KEY2

LED RET2

LED RET1

CAM 3V

P5

CAM 4.7V

I ENC

CAM 3V

CAM 4.7V

CAM A3V

CAM 4.7V

CAM 4.7V

IC1208SN74HC1GOOHDCK

IC1052S2969OADFJA

EEPROM

IC1205NJM3414AV

Q1202

FOCUS LED

FOCUS SENS

FOCUS VCC

ZOOM VCC

ZOOM LED1

ZOOM LED2

ZOOM SENS1

ZOOM SENS2

DRIVE-

DRIVE+

DUMP-

DUMP+

HALL OUT+

HALL OUT-

HALL IN+

HALL IN-

ND DRIVE+

ND DRIVE-

ND DUMP+

ND DUMP-

ND H IN-

ND H IN+

ND H OUT+

ND H OUT-

VC

MF LED

FOCUS KEY1

FOCUS KEY0

THERMO VDD

THERMO OUT

LPF PPWM

LPF YPWM

P PSD

Y PSD

P5V

P5V

CAM 4.7V

CAM 4.7V

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

IC1623TC7W125FU

2

1 8

DRIVE-

6

5

7

3

IC1625NJM2100V

2

38

1

5

67

IC1206BA10324AFV

9

104

8

12

1314

IC1206BA10324AFV

6

57

IC1203LMV32IM7

IC1206

35

14

IC1053TC7W14FU

3

8

1

5

7

38

21

2

31

P5V

15

24

IC1204IRIS

DRIVER

DRIVE+

HALL OUT+

HALL OUT-

HALL IN+

ND DRIVE+

ND DUMP-

ND DRIVE

HALL IN-

DUMP-

DUMP+

Q1208

IC1205NJM3414AV

CAM 4.7V

FB TEMP

6

57

CAM 4.7VND ENC

1413

12

4

810

9

ND DUMP+

ND H IN+

ND H IN-

ND H OUT+

ND H OUT-

MF LED Q1205

IC1207BA1032AFV

FOCUS KEY1

FOCUS KEY0

THERMO OUT

IC1207BA10324AFV

6

57

DA LD

EEP CS

CTOE DATA

CTOE CLK

CAM SCLK1

CAM SO1

CAM SI1

CTOM CLK

CAM SCLK0

CAM SO0

VTOC CLK

VTOC DATA

CTOV DATA

CTOM DATA

MTOC DATA

VDDH1

VDDH2

VDDH3

VDDH4

VDDH5

VDDH6

VDDB1

VDDB2

PVDD

VDD1

VDD2

VDD3

VDD4

VDD5

VREFH

AVDD

CAM 3V

CAM A3V

P5V

CAMERA SECTION-3

CANON INC., 2002C01 JULY,2002 DATA COMMUNICATION

DRUM SERVO SIGNAL

CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL

VCC

33 46

50

3 BATT +

FU3207

Q3204REGULATOR

IC3201MB3881

DC/DC CONVERTORCONTROL

Q3205REGULATOR

FU3201

FU3203

FU3204

FU3205

FU3206

BATT -

BATT INFO

1

2

CN3201BATTERYTERMINALBATTERY

19SHOE UNREG

SHOE UNREG 20

CN102 TOSYSCON SERVOSECTION-3R-KEY P.C.B.CN100

TOSYSCON SERVOSECTION-3MAIN P.C.B.

41VTR UNREG

LCD 3V 48

LCD 12V 49

TOAUDIO VIDEOSECTION-4C-KEY2 P.C.B.CN100

34

27

31

30

28

29

VDD(0)50

VDD(0)-158

VDD(0)-259

DSC

ON/OFF

CH1

43

53

CH2

CAM 1.7V

BAT INFO

SHOE UNREG

VTR UNREG

SHOE ON

DVDD 1.7V

CAM 3V

DVDD 3V

AA 3V

SDRAM 3V

HA 3V

LCD 3V

CARD 3V

CH3FBQ3206REGULATOR

IC32024.7V REG

40

56

CH3

Q3207REGULATOR

37

57

CH4

Q3215

D3201Q3202

Q3201

Q3208REGULATOR

Q3209REGULATOR

21

60

CH5DERR

CERR

Q3210REGULATOR

5

64

CH8

15

61

CH6

11

62

CH7T3201

D3203

D3205

Q32031 8

7

5

2

3

4LPF

LPF

Q3211

Q3212

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

VIF 4.7V

DVDD 4.7V

HA 4.7V

P5V

LCD 12V

CCD 15V

CCD -7V

DRUM VS

CAP VS

LPF

VIN V OUT5 4

TOSYSCON SERVOSECTION-2MAIN P.C.B

BATT INFO

VTR UNREG

DVDD 3V

P5V

D VS

CAP VS

DERR

CERR

VTR ON

CAM ON

TOAUDIO VIDEOSECTION-1MAIN P.C.B

DVDD1.7V

DVDD3V

SDRAM3V

CARD3V

VIF4.7V


CAM 1.7V

CAM 3V

DVDD 3V

CARD 3V

CCD 15V

CCD -7V

TOAUDIOVIDEOSECTION-2MAIN P.C.B

SHOE ON

DVDD 3V

SDRAM 3V

HA 3V

HA 4.7V

TOAUDIO VIDEOSECTION-5MAIN P.C.B

LCD 3V

CH3FB

P5V

LCD12V


CAM3V

P5V

CCD ON

TOAUDIOVIDEOSECTION-3MAIN P.C.B

VTR UNREG

AA 3V

P5V

DVDD 3V

DVDD 4.7V

22

16

LPF

LPF

LPF

MAIN PCB(3/9)

SYSCON-SERVO SECTION-1


DATA COMMUNICATIONCARD USB/SIC SIGNAL

DRUM SERVO SIGNAL

D VS

CAP VS

DERR

CERR

DVDD3V

P5V

BATT INFO

VTR UNREG

VTR ON

CAM ON

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.

TOCAMERA-SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.

DT4 RST

DT4 WAKEUP

FRP

DT4 BUSY

M TO DT4 SCK

M TO DT4

DT4 TO M

CARD LED

TOCAMERA-SECTION-3MAIN P.C.B.

CTOM DATA

MTOC DATA

CTOM CLK

CTOM RX

CTOM EN

MTOC EN

MAIN PCB(4/9)

DMC II

CARD PCB

GYRO PCB

JACK PCB(1/3)

IC104((1/2)TMP1942CYLMODE MI-CO

4

30

88

60

61

119

BATT INFO

VTR ON

CAM ON

DT4 RST

3 BATT AD

V3TOM FILE TK

V3TOM PC

8982 DT4 WAKEUP MTOV3 PC

12997 FRP MODE TO VIC3 DATA

13083 DT4 BUSY VIC3 TO MODE DATA

131137 M TO DT4 SCK VIC3 SCLK

68135 M TO DT4 VIC3 CS

128136 DT4 TO M VIC3 REQUEST

34CASSETTE IN SWITCH

133 CTOM DATA

13132 MTOC DATA CASSETTE MEMORY A/D0

14134 CTOM CLK CASSETTE MEMORY A/D1

1584 CTOM RX CASSETTE MEMORY A/D2

105149 CTOM EN CASSETTE MEMORY SDA

10671 MTOC EN CASSETTE MEMORY SCL

104CASSETTE MEMORY ON

14310 PNL OPEN SW AVCC

12741 PNL BT SW DVCC3-4

11864 LCD BL ON AMO

10859 LCD ON DVCC51

10093 LCD DA LOAD DVCC52

794 LCD EEP CS DAVCC

2663 LCD CEN DVCC3-1

56140 SCLK1 DVCC3-2

57138 SOUT1 AM1(BW1)

67139 SIN1 FVCC

81DVCC3-3

10999 MIRR CVCC

62 EVF SEN

107123 EVF ON E3DET

124 EVF BL ON

RESET

LI3V DETECT

XT1(QUARTZ)

XT2(QUARTZ)

CARD DET

CARD PRO

CARD OPEN

58 OSDC CS

46 NTSC XPAL

103 XRESET

72 LANC CONT

LANC OUT

EEPR

OM R

ESET

MOD

E EE

PROM

CS

X2 X1

LANC IN

32 LANC POWER ON

4

11

PW CONT

8VCC

12

10

101

102

1

P5V

E3V

CAM A3V

DVDD 3V VTR UNREG

10 PNL OPEN SW

PNL BT SW

LCD BL ON

LCD ON

LCD DA LOAD

LCD EEP CS

LCD CEN

SCLK1

SOUT1

SIN1

36

38

37

50

47

45

44

43

46

CN101

30 LANC OUT

LANC DC31

CN2901

CN1

30LANC OUT

LANC DC 31

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-4MAIN P.C.B.

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-4C-KEY2 P.C.B.CN100

MIRR

EVF SEN

EVF ON

EVF BL ON

SCLK1

SOUT1

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.

SCLK1

SOUT1

OSDC CS

NTSC XPAL

XRESET

TOSYCON-SERVOSECTION-3MAIN P.C.B.

CARD LED

LI3V

LANC OUT

2 CARD PRO

CARD OPEN

CARD DET

CARD DAT

CARD CLK

CARD CMD

CARD VDD

CAM A3V

Y GY OFS

Y GY AMP

3

4

8

10

12

6

14

15

16

P GY OFS18

P GY AMP17

I ISW19

CN400

CAM A3V

Y GY OFS

Y GY AMP

2

3

4

P GY OFS6

P GY AMP5

I ISW7

CN1601

TOCAMERASECTION-3MAIN P.C.B.CN104

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.CN104

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-1

DATACONT

5.6VREG

LIMITER14

6

98

RESET

1

92

XCS

8

2

3

4 VCC

XCK

DI

D0SIN1

SOUT1

SCLK1

VTRUNREG

CAM A3V

IC1604NJU7096R

AMP

IC1603TC7W65FU

SWITCH

IC1602GSU-303B

GYRO

IC1601GSU-303A

GYRO

DVDD3.0V

P5V

DVDD 3V

DVDD 3V

X10120MHz

IC102TL1596CPW

LANC INTERFACE

7

3

4 VOLTAGEDETECT

Q101

2 VOLTAGEDETECT

8

6

5

5

114

IC100S 8423RFS

ESV REG & RESET

VTR UNREG P5V

Q100IC103Q102Q103

IC101AK6440BHEEPROM

Q105

Q104

E 3V

110 112

X10030KHz

116

24

25

23

115

101 152

10

185

189

322

104

283

264

ROFS

117ICS(2)

27ICO(0)

198ICO(1)

218AIN2

138AIN3

270ICO(2)REEL LED CONT

DEW

MSW AD

TAPE LED

DRUM ON

CAP ON

CAP FWD

UNLOAD

LOAD

REC PROOF

TAPE END

TAPE TOP

DA CFG

DA SREEL

26ICLK

116ICD

268TCLK

288AIN1

341AIN0

265PWM(7)

110PWM(6)

231DFG

56DPG

66CFG

68RFGT

232RFGS

CDATA(5)

CDATA(4)

153

296

PWMC

PWMD

CERR

DERR

CDATA(3)

SI(0)

SO(0)

SCLK(0)

XEINT0

SCS(0)

48 AIN 12

MIC1

MIC2

MIC3

MIC2

MIC3

MIC ON

IC2301(1/3)MB87M125

VIC3

IC104(1/2)TMP1942CYLMODE MI-CO

IC301LB11990W

MOTOR DRIVE

3V REG

3V REG

SWITCH

SW

RESET

59

58

56

23

41

30

60 U.V.W.DRIVER

U.V.W.DRIVER

HALLPOWER

POWERSW

POWERSW

VCC1

TIMINGCONT

POSITIONDETECT

16

28 PG AMPDPG

32

31

55

35

2

44

22

PG AMPDFG

U

COM

VCC2

V REF

W

V

U

53

FWD/RVSSW

40

36

64

V

51

50

49

W

U+

U-

V+

V-

W+

W-

CH-

CH+

LOD-

VCC

CFG1

CFG2

LOD+

48

47

46

45

42

43

DRIVERDECORDER

SAFETYSW

61

5

63

37

38

3

4

910

11

87

6

DVDD 3V

CAP ON

CAP FWD

UNLOAD

LOAD

Q306

S REEL FG

T REEL FG

LITHIUM 3V

D VS

DRUM ON

CAP VS

DPG

DFG

T REEL FG

S REEL FG

IC302S817A56ANB

5.6V REGULATOR

INOUT3 2VTR UNREG

DVDD 3V

DVDD 3V

DVDD 3V

CN3021

2

3

4

10

11

9

5

6

7

U

U

V

V

W

W

COIL COM

DPG

DFG

SENS COM

CN301 DEWSENSOR

T-REEL

CASSETTE IN SW

10

7

8

9

6

4

3

2

1

TR E

TR C

TR LED A

TR LED K

REC PRF

C IN

MIC3

MIC2

MIC1

CN402

7

6

5

3

4

2

CAM A3V

SW 400CARD OPEN

Y GY OFS

Y GY AMP

P GY OFS

P GY AMP

I ISW

CN40112

10

7

5

2

1

CARD DET MEMORY CARD

CARD PRO

CARD DAT

CARD CLK

CARD CMD

CARD RSV

CN304

CN3035

4

1

LOAD(+)

LOAD(-)

LOD(+)

LOD(-)

DEW

CARD PRO

CARD DET

CN10417

15

13

CARD PRO

CARD OPEN

CARD DET

7

8

30

31

32

33

2

1

4

3

11

10

5

9

22

24

28

29

26

27

19

18

20

13

14

15

16

17

U

21CFG_VCC

U

V

V

W

W

U+

U-

V+

V-

W+

W-

CH+

CH-

CFG1

CFG2

SR LED A

SR LED K

SR E

SR C

B&EOT C

EOT E

BOT E

LED A

LED K

MSW VSS

S-REEL

MODE SW

TAPEEND

TAPETOP

MSW VCC

MSW SENS

DVDD 3V

MSW AD

DEW

DVDD 3V

Q302MICON

DVDD 3V

P5V

BOT DETQ303

EOT DET

MIC

Q303

Q304

TAPE LED

Q301

Q305

TAPE TOP

TAPE END

REEL LED CONT

DRUMMOTOR

CAPSTAN MOTOR

LOADINGMOTOR

PG

FG

FG

2

3

7

1

5

67

6

83

1

5

2

7

OUT

OUT

VCC

VCC

4

VREF

VREF

2

2

4

1

1CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL

SYSCON-SERVO SECTION-2


C-DIAL PCB

MAIN PCB(5/9)R-KEY PCB(1/2)

C-KEY2 PCB(1/4)

RT FPC

C-KEY1 PCB(1/2)

REC SEARCH PCB

C-KEY3 PCB

ZOOM UNIT TRIGGER FPC

CCW

SW151C DIAL

SW300MENU DIAL

CN151 CN53

4

5

CDIAL CCW

CDIAL CW

CDIAL SW

CN1TOCAMERASECTION-3MAIN P.C.BCN10133

38

36

CDIAL CCW

31GAIN SW

34WB SW

CDIAL CW

CDIAL SW

40ND SW

36AF SW

CN1 CN101

CN1

43

48

41

CAM PW LED

45CAM PW SW

50VTR PW SW

VTR PW LED

AD KEY0

46AD KEY1

37MDIAL CCW

44MDIAL CW

39AD KEY2

26PAE/GRN SW

49CARD LED

21LI 3V

CN103ACCESSORYSHOE

2

1

9

UNREG

3UNREG

4UNREG

UNREG

ID-1

23FE ID

22FE ID

21CCC

20AVEFI

19STSPC

CN104

1

5

DVDD 3V

6RMC IN

2TALLY LED

DVDD 4.7V

LED1

1

5

DVDD 3V

6RMC IN

2TALLY LED

RT1RMCRS-181

DVDD 4.7V

CN102 CN100

3

4

S/S SW

PHOTO SW

5H PHOTO SW

2KEY AD4

1KEY AD3

12TALLY LED

22RMC IN

13DVDD 3V

11DVDD 4.7V

16

19

S/S SW

PHOTO SW

15 H PHOTO SW

18 KEY AD4

17 KEY AD3

23 TALLY LED

22 RMC IN

11 DVDD 3V

12 DVDD 4.7V

CARD LED

LI3V

LANC OUT

DVDD 3V

DVDD 4.7V

7

4

9

CAM PW LED

5 CAM PW SW

2 VTR PW SW

VTR PW LED

AD KEY0

6 AD KEY1

13 MDIAL CCW

14 MDIAL CW

11 AD KEY2

26 PAE/GRN SW

1 CARD LED

29 LI 3V

47AUTO MANUAL

CN100 CN34

5

12

VTR PW SW

VTRCAMERA

CAM PW SW

DE SEL

13DE ON

14ND SW

15AF SW

POWERSW104

DE SELSW100

DE ONSW101

REC SEARCH+SW1

LED1

REC SEARCH-

SW2

PAE/GRNSW303

M MENUSW301

WB SELSW200

WB SETSW201

CSTM PRESETSW203

LED1CARD LED

IC104(2/2)TMP1942CYUMODE MI COM

DISPLAYSW204

ZOOM WSW100

ZOOM TSW101

PHOTOSW103

REWSW108

FFSW107

RECPAUSESW109

AFRECSW110

AVINS ERTSW111

HOLDSW104

STOPSW105

START/STOPSW102

PB/STILLSW106

AUTO MANUAL

SW302

ND ONSW102

AF ONSW103

STANDBYSW3

PHOTOSW4

START/STOPSW5

TAPE/CARDSW2

EJECTSW1

CW

PUSH

CCW

CW

PUSH

HOLD

CN1 CN8

3

2

1

DVDD 3V

CAM PW LED

VTR PW LED

6REC+

5REC-

CN101 CN4

CW1LITHIUMBATTERY CW2

4

3

6

MDIAL CCW

MDIAL CW

AD KEY2

2PAE/GRN SW

1AUTO MANUAL

3

2

1

CDIAL CCW

CDIAL CW

CDIAL SW

12

11

4

VTR PW SW

CAM PW SW

DE SEL

3 DE ON

2 ND SW

1 AF SW

3

2

1

DVDD 3V

CAM PW LED

VTR PW LED

6 REC+

5 REC-

4

3

6

MDIAL CCW

MDIAL CW

AD KEY2

2 PAE/GRN SW

1 AUTO MANUAL

CN2ZOOM

T

W

2

1

3

CAM 3V

ZOOM AD

GND

4GND

2

1

3

CAM 3V

ZOOM AD

GND

4 GND

CSTM KEYSW202

TOCAMERASECTION-3MAIN P.C.BCN103



TOCAMERASECTION-3MAIN P.C.BCN102

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-1MAIN P.C.BCN101

CN1 CN103

8

3

2

H PHOTO SW

9PHOTO SW

10S/S SW

STANDBY SW

TAPE/CARD SW

1EJECT SW

CN1

6ZOOM AD

5CAM3V

8

3

2

9

10

1

H PHOTO SW

PHOTO SW

S/S SW

STANDBY SW

TAPE/CARD SW

EJECT SW

CN2900

3

11

9

7

VTR POW SW

CAM POW SW

T/C POW SW

ADJUSTMENTCONNECTOR

LANC OUT

27

28

44

45

16

17

43

42

85RMC P IN

Q109

Q107

DVDD 3VDVDD 4.7V

51TALLY LED

20KEY AD3

22KEY AD4

37H PHOTO SW

36PHOTO SW

38S/S SW

VTR PW SW

CAM PW SW

CAM PW LED

VTR PW LEDQ108

Q109

KEY AD0

KEY AD1

DIAL CCW

DIAL CW

19 KEY AD2

39 PAE GRN

47 MEMORY ACCESS LED

S/S SW

PHOTO SW

H PHOTO SW

STANDBY SW

T/C SW

EJECT

38

36

37

31

29

33

DVDD 3V

DVDD 4.7V

CN100

26

10

EFID

CCC

25 AVEF

9 STSP

21 ZOOM W

14 ZOOM T

CN100

6 SHOE ID1

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-1MAIN P.C.BCN102

CN100

27

8

SHOE UNREG

SHOE UNREG

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-2MAIN P.C.BCN102

2

3

SYSCON SERVO SECTION-3


CARD USB/SIC SIGNAL

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL

ANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL

ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL

C-KEY2 PCB(2/4)

JACK FPC(2/3) MAIN PCB(6/9)

CN1 CN101

30

27

32

AV SO

AV SCLK

LM CS

28DVDD 3V

25LM RST

CN2901

11

14

28

AUDIO L

10AV DET

6S DET

5C I/O

2Y I/O

8V I/O

AUDIO R

V BUS

24D+

25D-

11

14

28

AUDIO L

10 AV DET

6 S DET

5 C I/O

2 Y I/O

8 V I/O

AUDIO R

V BUS

24 D+

25 D-

22

23

20

AV SO

AV SCLK

LM CS

24 DVDD 3V

25 LM RST

CN2

S TERMINAL

USB JACK

CN4

CN5

AVJACK

1 VBUS

3 D+

2 D-

3 AUTO MANUAL

CN101

DVDD 1.7V

DVDD 3V

SDRAM 3V

CARD 3V

VIF 4.7V

CN3

6

7

8

AV SO

AV SCLK

LM CS

9 DVDD 3V

10 LM RST

C-KEY1 PCB(2/2)

CN100

IC701BU8718KVLCD DRIVE

10

9

8

AV SO

AV SCLK

LM CS

7 DVDD 3V

6 LM RST

DI47

CK46

CS45

VDD40

RES

Q701

39

S2427

S2326

S2223

S1213

S1111

S11

COM338

COM237

COM136

CN701

27 S24

S23

S22

S12

S11

S1

COM3

COM2

COM1

AUDIO LCD UNITLCD

26

25

15

14

4

3

2

1

VIF 4.7V

CARD 3V

DVDD 3V

DVDD 1.7V

SDRAM 3V


AUD1 I

AUD1 O

WCK

LRCK

AMCK

AV SO

AV SCLK

AIF CS

LINE ATT

A MUTE

HPF ON

MIC F CONT

MIC ATT

HP CTL

INT MUTE

EXT MUTE

SP MUTE

SOUND SW

SP STBY

AUDIO L

AUDIO R

SOUND

EXT DET

HP DET

SHOE 5V ON


VTOC DATA

CTOV DATA

VTOC CLK

VTOC LATCH

VTOC EN

CTOV RX

CTOV EN

VIC PARALLEL

VIC FREEZE

VIC FRAME

PWM FA

PWM FB

PWM ZA

PWM ZB

CCD ON


TOSYSCOM-SERVO SECTION-3C-KEY2 P.C.BCN100

IC2301(2/3)MB87M125

VIC3

227 97

148

149

62

228

41DVDDL3

119DVDDL2

109DVDDL1

256DVDDL0

55AVDD12

73AVDD6

344AVDD11

221AVDD10

287AVDD9

299AVDD7

90AVDD5

173AVDD4

309AVDD1

352DVDDH12

351DVDDH11

290DVDDH10

132DVDDH9

278DVDDH8

124DVDDH7

30DVDDH6

327DVDDH5

22DVDDH4

106DVDDH3

184DVDDH2

180DVDDH1

254DVDDH0

139AVDD13

245DVDDH15

79DVDDH14

239DVDDH13

345DVDDL4

64DVDDL5

354DVDDL6

84DVDDL7

258VDDPLL1

102VDDPLL2

VDDPLL3

9

348

347

58

147

225

19

325

192

59

259

146

20

291

216

324

284

188

14

187

271

108

42

134

145

346

224

266

194

21

111

31

248

319

298

364

233

250

85

88

249

34

275

123

332

204

33

122

32

203

121

331

31

273

202

120EDATA(15)

43XERD

335EADDR(15)

126

277

37

208

127

336

36

209

128

39

337

40

210

129

279EADDR(0)

43XERD /OECARD 3V

Q3500

Q3501

ENB

/IREQ

/CE

/WE

USB DET

11CDATA(1)

214XEINT2

131XECS(1)

44XEWRU

212XECSLOX

186CDATA(0)

205

16

EDATA(0)

191SCS(1)

17SCS(3)

321SO(2)

261SCLK(2)

CDATA(2)CSYNC1

VCLK 0

Y IN

CLAMP Y

C IN

VD

Y O

C O

VRL 2

VRH2

AIN13

SCS(9)

SCS(8)

SCS(7)

WIDE DET

LINE IN

WIDE CONT

LET CONT

S DET

AV DETSCS(10)

D(5)

154

257

136

15

263

190

323

107

VIF 4.7V

DVDD 3V

2.8V

DVDD 1.7V

CARD 3V

FROM

USB

SDRAM 3V

VTOC CLK

VTOC LATCH

VTOC EN

CTOV RX

CTOV EN

VIC PARALLEL

VIC FREEZE

VIC FRAME

PWM FA

PWM FB

PWM ZA

PWM ZB

CCD ON

VTOC DATA

AUTO MANUAL

SHOE 5V ON

HP DET

EXT DET

SOUND

SP STBY

SOUND SW

SP MUTE

EXT MUTE

INT MUTE

HP CTL

MIC ATT

MIC F CONT

HPF ON

A MUTE

LINE ATT

LM RST

AMCK

LRCK

WCK

AUD1 O

AUD1 I

CTOV DATA

DVDD 3V

DVDD 1.7V

Q2105

Q2100

WIDE DET

Q2104 Q2103 Q2101

Q2106

WIDE CONT

LET CONT

Q2102

48

46

36

40

21

34

17

15

7 11 20 26 31 32 37 45 47 12 13 14 19

2

4CLAMP

Y CONT

AGC

IC2100LD502U

VIF2

CLAMP

10

27

C CONT

AV SCLKAVSO

VIF CS

CLAMP

AV SCLK

AV SO

VIF CS

AIF CS

LM CS

30

25

3

EQ

C SYNC SEP

Y/C SEP

VCC

LINE

IN

DVDD 3V

DVDD 4.7V

27MHz

CSYNC1

VCLKO

Y IN

CLAMP Y

REC C

YD

CD

VD

LPF

BPF

SERIAL DATA

CLK DATA CS 12

1314

11

22

23

24

26

27

28

29

30

11

18

19

8

7

60

63

56

3

62/OE

ENBUSB SENSE

/IREQ

/CE

/WE

DP

DN

SOWP

/CARD DET

13

55VDD5

CARD DAT0

CARD CLK

12CARD CMD

2/PONRST

54VDD4

42VDD3

10VDD2

4VDD1

D0

EADDR(0)

XERD

EDATA(15)

EDATA(14)

EDATA(13)

EDATA(12)

EDATA(11)

EDATA(10)

EDATA(9)

EDATA(8)

EDATA(7)

EDATA(6)

EDATA(5)

EDATA(4)

EDATA(3)

EDATA(2)

EDATA(1)

EDATA(0)

EADDR(1)

EADDR(2)

EADDR(3)

EADDR(4)

EADDR(5)

EADDR(0)

EADDR(1)

EADDR(2)

EADDR(3)

EADDR(4)

EADDR(5)

EADDR(6)

EADDR(7)

EADDR(8)

EADDR(9)

EADDR(10)

EADDR(11)

EADDR(12)

EADDR(13)

EADDR(14)

EADDR(15)

EADDR(16)

EADDR(17)

EADDR(18)

XEWRU

XECS(0)

D15

20

21

31

32

33

34

35

36

/DE62

A137

38

39

40

43

A644

13

1

7

20

14

2

11

5

47

39

34

35

42

37

40VCC

XERD

DO15

28

46

29

38

41

32

33

45

27

44

26

10RESET

DO0

A025

19

17

23

12

6

18

24

30

A18

8

15

4

31

DVDD 3V

CARD 3V

IC3501MC74HC40630TEL

SWITCH

CARD 3V

CN104

DVDD 3V

XERD

EDATA(15)

EDATA(14)

EDATA(13)

EDATA(12)

EDATA(11)

EDATA(10)

EDATA(9)

EDATA(8)

EDATA(7)

EDATA(6)

EDATA(5)

EDATA(4)

EDATA(3)

EDATA(2)

EDATA(1)

EDATA(0)

IC2903NJM2870F28

2.8V REG

V OUT V IN4 52.8V

2

115

10

5

34

15

9

CARD DO

CARD CLK

CARD CMD

TOCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B

XRESET

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-2MAIN P.C.BTOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-2MAIN P.C.B

CARD DET

CARD PRO

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-2CARD P.C.BCN4008

20

CARD CMD

12CARD CLK

16CARD DAT

CARD VDD

WIDEDETECT

IC3500TE4100B

USB CONTROLER

IC2300MBM29LV800BA-90

FLASH ROM

X350012MHz

AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1


DATA COMMUNICATION


DIGITAL DV SIGNAL

DIGITAL (VIDEO+AUDIO SIGNAL)

3

9

14

27

43

49

11

47

48

51

53

23

24

25

26

29

30

31

32

33

34

22

35

21

20

15DQML

16/WE

17/CAS

18/RAS

9/CS

37CKE

38CLK

39DQMU

IC2303W986416DH

SDRAM

ADDR(0)

ADDR(1)

ADDR(2)

ADDR(3)

ADDR(4)

ADDR(5)

ADDR(6)

ADDR(7)

ADDR(8)

ADDR(9)

ADDR(10)

ADDR(11)

ADDR(12)

ADDR(13)

10

8

13

44

50

42

45

7

5

4MDATA(1)

MDATA(2)

MDATA(3)

MDATA(4)

MDATA(5)

MDATA(6)

MDATA(7)

MDATA(8)

MDATA(9)

MDATA(10)

MDATA(11)

MDATA(12)

MDATA(13)

MDATA(14)

MDATA(15)

2MDATA(0)

VCC1

SDRAM 3V

VCCQ1

VCCQ2

VCC2

VCC3

VCCQ3

VCCQ4

1

163

357

303

240

162

76

233

234

70

156

199

63REC H

UTIL SWP(5)

RDAT

XRDAT

SDLSEL

PB H

D(0)

PBRF

SWP

REC CONT

SDL

PB ON

Q2000

IC2301(3/3)MB87M125

VIC3

DOTCLK

ICS(1)

69

91

140

53

155

220

141

175

312

292C LKON

VF R2

VF B2

VF G2

CSYNC 0

TPA

XTPA

TPB

XTPB

VD

HD

OSD I(0)

OSD I(1)

19

14

13

8

20

15

17

18

16

OSC

5

4 3 2 1

VDD

RESE

T

DATA

CS CLK

IC2601BU2991

CHARACTER GENERATOR

Q2301

Q2302

HD

VD

DATA IN

DATA OUT

CG FLAME

EVF R

EVF G

EVF B

R

G

B

35

34

39

42

43

45

46

40

6

21

32

36 5

339AIN 14

356

355

161

75

302

238

160

74

82

167

244

306

81

359

243

80

305

165

358

242

164

304

360

83

169

246

362

307

168

361

241

78

MDATA(1)

MDATA(2)

MDATA(3)

MDATA(4)

MDATA(5)

MDATA(6)

MDATA(7)

MDATA(8)

MDATA(9)

MDATA(10)

MDATA(11)

MDATA(12)

MDATA(13)

MDATA(14)

MDATA(15)

MDATA(0)

ADDR(0)

ADDR(1)

ADDR(2)

ADDR(3)

ADDR(4)

ADDR(5)

ADDR(6)

ADDR(7)

ADDR(8)

ADDR(9)

ADDR(10)

ADDR(11)

ADDR(12)

ADDR(13)

DQML

XWE

XCAS

XRAS

XCS

CKE

MCLK

DQMU

6

315

314

179

255

95

3

178

ADATA(0)

ADATA(1)

ADATA(2)

ADATA(3)

ADATA(4)

ADATA(5)

ADATA(6)

ADATA(7)

257

230 151 176 353 295 93 1 177 313

VCLK 0

XRCL

K

RCLK

UTIL

SW

P(4)

RAPC

RAGC

UTIL

SW

P(3)

UTIL

SW

P(2)

UTIL

SW

P(1)

UTIL

SW

P(0)

XRCL

K

RCLK

RAFC

RAPC

RAGC

EQFC

EQ C

ONT

GDL

CONT

GDH

CONT

GDH

CONT

GDL

CONT

EQ C

ONT

EQFC

RAGC

RAPC

RAFC

RCLK

XRCL

K

VIC A(0)

VIC A(1)

VIC A(2)

VIC A(3)

VIC A(4)

VIC A(5)

VIC A(6)

VIC A(7)

VIC 27M

CN101

TOCAMERASECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.

2

1

9

17

150

294

226

252

65

229

350

158

29 30

HA 3V

REC ON

IC2000LD502W

VRP2

H1A

H1B

H2A

H2B

HA 4.7V

38

DVDD 3VX230127MHz

13

GDL

811 12 22 2325 2628

EQAGC

EPH VCO

CN2902

SERVICECONNECTOR

1

3

PB RF

SWP

CN20002

3

H1A

H1B

5H2A

6H2B

CN290119

18

XTPB

TPB

20XTPA

21TPA

CN34

3

XTPB

TPB

2XTPA

1TPA

CN10223SHOE ID1

CG R

CG G

VF G

VF B

VF R

CG FLAME

CG B

CSYNC


DVCONNECTOR

TOSYSCON-SERVO SECTION-3R-KEY P.C.BCN100

XRESET

NTSC XPAL

OSDC CS

SOUT1

SCLK1 TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-2MAIN P.C.B

HA 4.7V

HA 3V

SDRAM 3V

DVDD 3V

SHOE ON TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-1MAIN P.C.B

19

18

20

21

XTPB

TPB

XTPA

TPA

JACK FPC(3/3)

MAIN PCB(7/9)

DVDD 3V

IC23032.8V REGULATOR

4 52.8V

HA 4.7V

135XRESET

HA 3V

SDRAM 3V

DVDD 3V

DRUMUNIT

CH-1HEAD

CH-2HEAD


CANON INC., 2002C01 JULY, 2002

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNALANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL

34

36

32

41

26

24

23

12

11

14

15

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

31 30

7 8

27

5

23

22

2

1

25

24

21

20

9

10

4 14

29

35

40

MIC

CN801

Q801LINE ATTMIC F CONT

EXT

LINE

5

6 7

22 21

8

17

35

20

Q704HPF ON

5V

23

13

14

15

CR NETWORK

CR NETWORK

MIC F CONTQ705

18 SHOE MIC L

SHOE MIC R

SHOE 5V

SNOE 5V

17

11

10

CN103

ACCESSORYSHOE

2 MIC L1

MIC L2

MIC R1

MIC R2

5

7

4

CN102

CN1013

4

1

2

15

14

12

13

R-KEY PCB(2/2)

MAIN PCB(8/9) MIC VOL UNIT

MJ PCB

C-KEY2 PCB(3/4)

SHOE MIC L

SHOE MIC R

SHOE 5V

SHOE 5V

MIC L1

MIC L2

MIC R1

MIC R2

CN703

SHOE 5V

3

4

1

2

15

14

12

13

SHOE MIC L

Q702

MIC L1

MIC L2

MIC R1

MIC R2

EXT L

EXT R

MIC ATT

MIC ATT

Q703

5V

IC702NJM4580E

MIC L1 AMP

IC703NJM4580EMIC L2 LPF

IC703NJM4580EMIC L2 LPF

SHOE MIC R

SHOE 5V

SHOE 5V

MIC L1

MIC L2

MIC R1

MIC R2

CN101 CN1

VR801

VR802

28

27

SP+

SP-

CN6

SPEAKER

1

2

SP+

SP-

24

23

CN80223

22

21

20

19

11

10

8

MIC L1

MIC L1

MIC L2

MIC R1

MIC R2

EXT L

EXT R

EXT DET

3HP L

2HP R

4HP DET

5MIC 5V

6MIC 5V

7MIC 5V

9SHOE 5V ON

MIC L1

MIC L2

MIC R1

MIC R2

1 MIC L1

MIC L2

MIC R1

MIC R2

EXT L

EXT R

EXT DET

HP L

HP R

HP DET

MIC 5V

MIC 5V

2

4

3

12

13

15

20

21

19

18

17

MIC 5V16

SHOE 5V ON14

CN701

SHOE 5VQ701

Q702

CN701

MIC

CN702

DC

CN801

HEADPHONE

3

21

3

21

6

57

Q702

MIC ATT

IC702NJM4580E

MIC R1 AMP

IC705LA7471MMIC AMP

IC801LA7477M

AIF

6

57

Q701

MIC ATT

IC701NJM4580EEXT L AMP3

21

Q701

MIC ATT

IC702NJM4580EEXT R AMP6

57

MIC ATT

Q703

5V

IC704NJM4580EMIC R2 LPF

IC704NJM4580EMIC R2 LPF

3

21

6

57

5V

AA 3V

5V

Q713

Q714

Q711

Q805 Q806

Q712

Q803 Q804

Q802

LINE ATT

LINE

42HP

ALC

EVR

45SP

46HP

3

48

5

ALC

47LINE

LINE

EXT

MIC

EVR

INT MUTE

A MUTE

HP CTL

MIC ATT

EXT MUTE

SERIALDATA

INTERFACE AV SO

AINL+ SDT0

18SDTI

13SCLK

12L/R

11MCLK

27VA

17VB

16VD

AINL-

AOUTL+

AOUTL-

DFS0

DFS1VAA3V

IC802AK4503

ADC,DAC

VAA3V

VAA3V

PD AD

PD DA

AOUTR+

AOUTL-

AINR-

AINR+

AV SCLK

AIF CS

2

1

3

6

AUX

EVRSP MUTE

SOUND SW

SP STBY4AM

5SUSPEND

8SP OUT-1

9SP OUT-2

SP IN

V+

8

6

2

4

VOL IN L

VOL OUT L

VOL IN R

VOL OUT R

AUD1 I

AUD1 O

WCK

LRCK

AMCK

AV SO

AV SCLK

AIF CS

LINE ATT

A MUTE

HPF ON

MIC F CONT

MIC ATT

HP CTL

INT MUTE

EXT MUTE

SP MUTE

SOUND SW

SP STBY

AUDIO L

AUDIO R

SOUND

EXT DET

HP DET

SHOE 5V ON


AA 3V

VTR UNREG

P 5V


P5V

V OUT V IN

IC804TK11250CM

5V REG

IC803NJM2166

SPEAKER AMP

5 6

V IN V OUT

IC805NJM2870F04REGULATOR

5 4

AA 3V

Q808,809,814

Q807

POWER OFFMUTE

SP+

SP-

AA 3V

5V

P 5V

VOL IN L

VOL OUT L

VOL IN R

VOL OUT R

8

6

2

4

AUDIO-VIEDO SECTION-3


C-KEY2 PCB(4/4)

LCD PCB

CN6

3PNL OPEN SW

PANEL OPEN SW

CN142

16

14

13

2

3

5

8

PNL OPEN SW

PNL BT SW

CN9013

1

LCD 3V

PNL BT SW

LCD BT ON

LCD ON

LCD DA LOAD

LCD EEP CS

LCD CEN

SCLK1

7SOUT1

6SIN1

17PANEL R

20PANEL G

15PANEL B

11CSYNC1

1LCD12V

4LCD3V

8VTR UNREG

CN90214

16

15

18

10

11

7

8

PNL BT SW

LCD BL ON

LCD ON

LCD DA LOAD

LCD EEP CS

LCD CEN

SCLK1

9

SOUT1

1

SIN1

2

PANEL R

3

PANEL G

5

PANEL B

17

CSYNC

19

LCD12V

20LCD3V

LCD3V

21VTR UNREG

22VTR UNREG

23VTR UNREG

CN903

TP4201

TP4202

6

17

12

11

13

14

10

16

HVDD

VVDD

R

G

B

PCD

CSH

CSV

18ENB

19XENB

23CKV1

24CKV2

21STV

22XSTV

4PCG

5XPCG

2CKH1

3CKH2

7STH

8XSTH

25COM

13 PNL BT SW

LCD BL ON

LCD ON

LCD DA LOAD

LCD EEP CS

LCD CEN

SCLK1

SOUT1

SIN1

PANEL R

PANEL R

PANEL G

11

12

9

17

16

20

19

18

27

26

25

PANEL B24

CSYNC122

LCD 12V10

LCD 3V8

LCD 3V7

VTR UNREG6

VTR UNREG5

VTR UNREG4

CN2TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.CN101

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTION-5MAIN P.C.B.CN101

TOSYSCON-SERVOSECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.CN101

PANEL BT SW

LOAD

CLK

SO

LOAD

E CS

CLK

SO

SI

E CS

L CS

CLK

SO

SI

LCS

CLK

SO

VTR UNREG

LCD 3V

3V

LCD 12V

LCD 3V

12V

Q904

Q902

Q901

Q901

LCD 3V

LCD 12V

LCD 3V

LCD 3VIC903M62342FP

DA CONVERTER

CLK

VDD

AO2

AO1

7

DI6

LD68

2

4

1

SKVCC

2

CS1

D13

D04

8

58

9

38

35

34

30

29

28

27

26

25

22

21

20

19

18

17

50

51

8

7

PLL

CKO

Q805

Q805

Q803

CKI

62 SYNCIN

AGC

3V

VDD1

14

VDD2

49

VCC1

10

12

11

CLAMP

59 G

R

AGCCLAMP

60

45

43

40BAGC

R OUT

G OUT

B OUT

PCD

CSH

CSV

ENB

XENB

CKV1

CKV2

STV

XSTV

PCG1

PCG2

CKH1

CKH2

STH

XSTH

COM OUT

CLAMP

CNTRST GAMMA BRIGHTSH

CEN

SCLK

DATA

TIMINGGENERATOR

IC903LV4135W

LCD DRIVE

SI/F

CONTROL

COM IN

IC901AK6420AMEEPROM

ON4

5

3

1

IC4201R1223W152H

DC/DC CONVERTER

Q4201SWITCH

Q4202DRIVER

1

54

23

VTR UNREG

LCD BL ON

LCD UNREG

39

12V

VTR UNREG

Q4203

VCC

PCD

47

VCC2

12V

LCD UNIT

LCD

T4201CPU9D25

5 6

7

1

2

3

4CONTROL

BACK LIGHT

DATA COMMUNICATION

AUDIO VIDEO SECTION-4

CANON INC., 2002C01 JULY. 2002

LCD(CVF)

1514

13

111096

4

GCN4102

R

B

HCK 1HCK 2HSTEN

VCK

3VST

5STB1VDD

16COM

1514

12

11

10876

4

BL 5VBL 5V

CN1501

G

R

BHCK 1

3933

32

35

C SYNC 1PANLE R

CN101

PANEL G

PANEL B

HCK 2HST

EN3VCK

2

MIRREVF BL ON

EVF SEN

SOUT 1

SCLK 1

EVF ON

VST4STB

VDD131

COM

G

CN4101

R

B

HCK 1HCK 2HSTEN

VCK

VST

STBVDD

56

BL 5VBL 5V

23

7

9101112

14

15

1316

4 COM

12

BL 5V

FN4101

LED

EVF SEN

SOUT 1

SCLK 1

EVF ON

CG R

CG FRAME

CG B

CG G

VF R

VF G

VF B

C SYNC 1

BACKLIGHT

2

1

29

11

14

16

3

31

20

22

24

34

7

6

38

48

18 44

37

4

5

39

R IN

Q1508

Q1507

Q1509

EVF 12V EVF 3V

G IN

Q1505

Q1502P 5V

R OUT

G OUT

B OUT

EN

HCK1

HCK2

HST

VCK

VST

B IN

OSD R

OSD G

OSD B

R

G

B

R

G

B

SCK

SDAT

SEN

BACK GROUND

CSYN

C

VCC2

VDD

VCC

VCC IC1501

AN2536FHQEVF DRIVER

IC1502MC74HC4053

SWITCH

47 25

REF

CHROMA

LPF

CONTRAST

CLAMP

BRIGHT

LOGIC

CGMIX

TIMINGGENERATOR

16

4

9

15

10

14

11

2

13

1

3

12

5

R

G

B

R

G

BVCC

Q1501

Q1506Q1503

Q1503

LCD 3V

EVF 12V

CH3FBLCD 3VLCD 12V

P 5VQ1510

Q1511CH3FB

LCD 12V

EVF 12V

Q1508

Q1504

Q4102LED

DRIVE

Q4101LED

DRIVE

EVF 3V

MAIN PCB(9/9)

CVF P.C.B.

TOAUDIO-VIDEOSECTIONC-KEY2 P.C.BCN100






DATA COMMUNICATION

Documents

Canon DM XM2E Pal Service